TM 5-3825-270-10

TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR

ENGINEER MISSION MODULE - WATER DISTRIBUTOR (EMM - WD) NSN 3825-01-577-2713

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 30 JUNE 2011

TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY
GENERAL SAFETY CAUTION/WARNING SUMMARY This list summarizes critical warnings. They are repeated here to let you know how important they are. Study these warnings carefully. They can save your life and the lives of personnel you work with. If there is any doubt about handling tools, materials, equipment, and procedures, see TB 43-0216, Safety and Hazard Warnings for Operation and Maintenance of TACOM Equipment.

FOR INFORMATION ON FIRST AID: Reference FM 4-25.11. (WP 0086)

WARNING
MODIFICATION HAZARD Unauthorized modifications to, alterations to, or installations on this equipment are prohibited and are in violation of AR 750-10. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.

WARNING

BATTERY To avoid eye injury, eye protection is required when working around batteries. Do not smoke, use open flame, make sparks or create other ignition sources around batteries. If a battery is giving off gases, it can explode. Remove all jewelry, such as rings, ID tags, watches and bracelets. If jewelry contacts a battery terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating of tools and/or damage to equipment. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Avoid electrolyte contact with skin, eyes, or clothing. If battery electrolyte spills, take immediate action to stop burning effects. External: Immediately flush with cold running water to remove all acid. Eyes: Flush with cold water for at least 15 minutes. Seek immediate medical attention. Internal: Drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten egg, or vegetable oil. Seek immediate medical attention. Clothing or Vehicle: Wash at once with cold water. Neutralize with baking soda or household ammonia solution. Injury will result if acid contacts skin or eyes. Wear rubber apron to prevent clothing from being damaged. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING

FIRE EXTINGUISHER Fire extinguisher contents are under pressure. Do not puncture or incinerate. DO NOT store at high temperatures above 120F (49C). Avoid inhaling the extinguishing agent. Avoid inhaling smoke and fumes - all fires release toxic substances that are harmful. DO NOT remain in a closed area after use. Evacuate the area immediately and ventilate thoroughly before re-entering. Although extinguishing agents are non-toxic when properly used, contact with them may cause irritation to eyes, nose, and throat and other allergic symptoms. Failure to comply with the above warnings could result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT) Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract, may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C). Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment. Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.

TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING
EXTREME HEAT When mission requires the system operator and crew to remain stationary at an area or location in outside temperatures above 90F (32C), operator and crew must observe proper safety precautions to prevent heat stress injury. Refer to FM 21-10, Field Hygiene and Sanitation, and FM 4-25.11, First Aid for Soldiers, for proper precautions and preventive measures. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

EXTREME COLD DO NOT touch extremely cold metal. Bare skin may freeze to cold metal. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Wear gloves when operating or handling metallic equipment that is wet or ice covered. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Exercise caution when working on the catwalk where snow or ice exists. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM OPERATION Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operations. LHS reaches a height of 18 ft (5.5 m). Injury or death to personnel could result if LHS contacts power lines. Do not attempt loading or unloading operations on a side slope greater than 5 degrees and/or fore/aft slope greater than 20%. Prior to performing loading or unloading operations on slopes, determine if ground surface conditions permit safe loading or unloading operations. Slopes that contain snow, ice, loose gravel, or sand may not permit safe loading or unloading. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination prior to picking up or off-loading a Water Distributor. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and injury or death to personnel. Prior to and during any load or unload cycle, all personnel should stay clear of LHS. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE Use extreme care when removing radiator pressure cap. Sudden release of pressure can cause steam flash. Slowly loosen cap to the first stop to relieve pressure prior to removing cap completely. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Use clean, thick waste cloth or like material to remove radiator pressure cap. Avoid using gloves, hot water soaks through gloves. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Wear suitable eye protection when working on vehicle cooling systems to avoid personal injury.

WARNING

ENGINE STARTING When engine is running during operations, all personnel within 10 ft of the Water Distributor pump operator position are required to wear Army-approved hearing protection devices (HPDs). Failure to comply may result in hearing loss. Before engine is started, always make sure that no personnel are in the danger area (moving parts on engine or machinery). Ensure that all safety guards are in place. Ensure that area is clear from loose parts. Never use any spray starting aids. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

FUEL Diesel fuel is flammable. Do not perform this procedure near fire, flame or sparks. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

DO NOT smoke or permit any open flame in area of Water Distributor while you are servicing fuel system. Be sure hose nozzle is grounded against filler tube during refueling to prevent static electricity. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. DO NOT perform fuel system checks, inspections, or maintenance while smoking or near fire, flames, or sparks. Fuel may ignite, causing injury or death to personnel, or damage to equipment. Operating personnel must wear fuel-resistant gloves when handling fuels. If exposed to fuel, promptly wash exposed skin and change fuel-soaked clothing.

WARNING

HOT ENGINE Engine components become hot during normal operation. Allow engine to cool completely prior to performing this task. If necessary, use insulated pads and gloves. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ensure electrical power is off prior to working on all electrical systems. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Remove all jewelry, such as rings, ID tags, bracelets, etc., prior to working on or around equipment. Jewelry and tools can catch on equipment, contact positive electrical circuits, and cause a direct short, severe burns, or electrical shock. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

HOT EXHAUST Exhaust pipes and muffler can become very hot during engine operation. Allow parts to cool and take care not to touch these parts with bare hands or allow body to contact exhaust pipes or muffler. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING

LIFTING OPERATIONS This section is applicable to all lifting operations regardless of lifting equipment (crane, LHS, etc.) used. All personnel must stand clear during lifting operations. A swinging or shifting load may cause injury or death to personnel. Never crawl under equipment when performing maintenance unless equipment is securely blocked. Failure to comply may cause injury or death to personnel. Keep clear of equipment when it is being raised or lowered. Failure to comply may cause injury or death to personnel. Do not work on any item supported only by lift jacks or hoist. Always use blocks or proper stands to support the item prior to any work. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Do not lift a load greater than the rated load capacity of the crane or materiel handling equipment. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment. Do not allow heavy components to swing while hanging by lifting device. Failure to comply may cause injury or death to personnel. Any part or component that weighs between 50 lbs (23 kg) and 75 lbs (34 kg) must be removed with the aid of an assistant. Any part or component that weighs over 75 lbs (34 kg) must be removed with the aid of an assistant and a lifting device. Failure to comply may cause injury or death to personnel. Ensure all chains, hooks, and slings are in good condition and are of correct capacity. Ensure hooks are positioned correctly. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

MOVING MACHINERY Use extreme care when operating or working near moving machinery including running engine, rotating shafts, and other moving parts. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Use extreme care when measuring voltage while engine is running around rotating fan blade and hot engine parts. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING

HEARING PROTECTION Wear single hearing protection (earplugs or equivalent) while working around equipment while it is running. Failure to do so could result in damage to your hearing. Seek medical aid should you suspect a hearing problem.

WARNING

EYE PROTECTION Wear safety goggles and use caution when removing or installing springs, snap ring, retaining rings, and other parts under spring tension. These parts can act as projectiles, resulting in serious injury to personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

g/h blank

TM 5-3825-270-10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

NOTE: Zero in the Change No. column indicates an original page or work package. Date of issue for the original manual is: Original 30 June 2011 TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 50 AND TOTAL NUMBER OF WORK PACKAGES IS 89, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING: PAGE/WP NO. Front Cover Blank Warning Summary (8 pages) i Blank iii-xxi Blank xxii Blank Chp 1 - title page Blank WP 0001 (8 pages) WP 0002 (4 pages) WP 0003 (2 pages) Chp 2 - title page Blank WP 0004 (6 pages) WP 0005 (2 pages) WP 0006 (4 pages) WP 0007 (2 pages) WP 0008 (2 pages) WP 0009 (2 pages) WP 0010 (12 pages) WP 0011 (2 pages) WP 0012 (16 pages) WP 0013 (2 pages) WP 0014 (4 pages) WP 0015 (10 pages) WP 0016 (10 pages) WP 0017 (6 pages) WP 0018 (6 pages) WP 0019 (4 pages) WP 0020 (14 pages) WP 0021 (12 pages) WP 0022 (4 pages) WP 0023 (4 pages) WP 0024 (14 pages) CHANGE NO. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PAGE/WP NO. WP 0025 (2 pages) WP 0026 (2 pages) WP 0027 (2 pages) Chp 3 - title page Blank WP 0028 (2 pages) WP 0029 (2 pages) WP 0030 (4 pages) WP 0031 (4 pages) WP 0032 (2 pages) WP 0033 (2 pages) WP 0034 (2 pages) WP 0035 (2 pages) WP 0036 (2 pages) WP 0037 (2 pages) WP 0038 (2 pages) WP 0039 (2 pages) WP 0040 (2 pages) WP 0041 (2 pages) WP 0042 (2 pages) WP 0043 (2 pages) WP 0044 (4 pages) WP 0045 (4 pages) WP 0046 (2 pages) WP 0047 (2 pages) WP 0048 (4 pages) WP 0049 (2 pages) WP 0050 (2 pages) WP 0051 (2 pages) WP 0052 (2 pages) WP 0053 (2 pages) WP 0054 (2 pages) WP 0055 (2 pages) WP 0056 (2 pages) WP 0057 (2 pages) WP 0058 (4 pages) WP 0059 (2 pages) CHANGE NO. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TM 5-3825-270-10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES - Continued

CHANGE NO. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CHANGE NO. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

PAGE/WP NO. WP 0060 (2 pages) WP 0061 (2 pages) WP 0062 (4 pages) WP 0063 (4 pages) WP 0064 (6 pages) WP 0065 (4 pages) WP 0066 (4 pages) WP 0067 (4 pages) WP 0068 (4 pages) WP 0069 (4 pages) Chp 4 - title page Blank WP 0070 (4 pages) WP 0071 (68 pages) Chp 5 - title page Blank WP 0072 (4 pages) WP 0073 (2 pages) WP 0074 (4 pages) WP 0075 (2 pages)

PAGE/WP NO. WP 0076 (4 pages) WP 0077 (4 pages) WP 0078 (4 pages) WP 0079 (2 pages) WP 0080 (2 pages) WP 0081 (2 pages) WP 0082 (2 pages) WP 0083 (8 pages) WP 0084 (10 pages) WP 0085 (6 pages) Chp 6 - title page Blank WP 0086 (2 pages) WP 0087 (6 pages) WP 0088 (4 pages) WP 0089 (4 pages) FO-1 Inside back cover Back cover

TM 5-3825-270-10 HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY Washington, DC, 30 JUNE 2011 TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATORS MANUAL ENGINEER MISSION MODULE - WATER DISTRIBUTOR (EMM - WD) NSN 3825-01-577-2713 REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can help improve this publication. If you find any errors, or if you would like to recommend any improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us know. The preferred method is to submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) through the Internet, on the Army Electronic Product Support (AEPS) website. The Internet address is https://aeps.ria.army.mil. The DA Form 2028 is located under the Public Applications section in the AEPS Public Home Page. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the AEPS website will enable us to respond more quickly to your comments and better manage the DA Form 2028 program. You may also mail, e-mail, or fax your comments or DA Form 2028 directly to the U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command. The postal mail address is U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS, 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000. The e-mail address is tacomlcmc.daform2028@us.army.mil. The fax number is DSN 786-1856 or Commercial (586) 282-1856. A reply will be furnished to you.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release: distribution is unlimited.

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No. WP Sequence No. How to Use this Manual Chapter 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND THEORY OF OPERATION GENERAL INFORMATION.......................................................................................................................... WP 0001 Table 1. Table 2. List of Abbreviations............................................................................................................. 0001-2 Warning Icons...................................................................................................................... 0001-4

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA................................................................................................... WP 0002 Table 1. Equipment Data.................................................................................................................... 0002-1

THEORY OF OPERATION.......................................................................................................................... WP 0003 Chapter 2 - OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS LOCATIONS AND USE OF CONTROLS AND INDICATORS.................................................................... WP 0004 Table 1. Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Table 2. Figure 4. Table 3. Figure 5. Figure 6. MAIN CONTROL PANEL..................................................................................................... 0004-1 Control Panel........................................................................................................................ 0004-1 Control Panel........................................................................................................................ 0004-2 Control Panel........................................................................................................................ 0004-3 CAB CONTROL PANEL....................................................................................................... 0004-4 Cab Control Panel................................................................................................................ 0004-4 VALVES............................................................................................................................... 0004-5 Valves................................................................................................................................... 0004-5 Valves................................................................................................................................... 0004-6

PREPARATION FOR OPERATION/ENGINE START-UP........................................................................... WP 0005 OPERATING LIGHTS.................................................................................................................................. WP 0006 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Operating Lights................................................................................................................... 0006-1 Operating Lights................................................................................................................... 0006-2 Operating Lights................................................................................................................... 0006-2 Operating Lights................................................................................................................... 0006-3

LOADING/UNLOADING WATER DISTRIBUTOR ON PLS OR TRAILER.................................................. WP 0007 FUELING..................................................................................................................................................... WP 0008

ii

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 1. Fueling.................................................................................................................................. 0008-1

FIRE EXTINGUISHER OPERATION........................................................................................................... WP 0009 Figure 1. Fire Extinguisher Operation.................................................................................................. 0009-1

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE............................................................................... WP 0010 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-2 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-3 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-4 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-5 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-6 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-6 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-7 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-8 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-8 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-9 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-9 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-10 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-10 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-11 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-12 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-12 Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-13

FILL WATER DISTRIBUTOR FROM OVERHEAD SOURCE .................................................................... WP 0011 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source...................................................................... 0011-1 Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source...................................................................... 0011-2 Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source...................................................................... 0011-2

UNIVERSAL POWER INTERFACE KIT (UPIK) CONNECT/DISCONNECT............................................... WP 0012 Figure 1. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover............................................................................................. 0012-1

iii

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Figure 21. Figure 22. Figure 23. Figure 24. Figure 25. Figure 26. Figure 27. Figure 28. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover............................................................................................. 0012-2 Connect UPIK to Prime Mover............................................................................................. 0012-2 Connect UPIK to Prime Mover............................................................................................. 0012-3 Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover..................................................................................... 0012-3 Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover..................................................................................... 0012-4 Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-5 Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-5 Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-6 Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-6 Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-7 Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-7 Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-8 Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover......................................................................... 0012-8 Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover..................................................................................... 0012-9 Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover......................................................................... 0012-9 Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover....................................................................... 0012-10 Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover....................................................................... 0012-10 Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover....................................................................... 0012-11 Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover....................................................................... 0012-11 Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.............................................................. 0012-12 Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.............................................................. 0012-13 Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.............................................................. 0012-13 Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.............................................................. 0012-14 Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover......................................................... 0012-14 Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover......................................................... 0012-15 Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover......................................................... 0012-15 Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover......................................................... 0012-16

iv

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. DISCHARGE FROM GRAVITY SPRINKLER BAR..................................................................................... WP 0013 Figure 1. Discharge From Gravity Sprinkler Bar.................................................................................. 0013-1

SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................ WP 0014 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Sprinkler Head Adjustment................................................................................................... 0014-1 2 Ft. Width............................................................................................................................ 0014-2 20 Ft. Width.......................................................................................................................... 0014-2 40 Ft. Width.......................................................................................................................... 0014-3 80 Ft. Width.......................................................................................................................... 0014-4

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY.................................................................................. WP 0015 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-1 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-2 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-2 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-3 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-3 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-4 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-5 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-5 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-6 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-6 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-7 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-7 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-8 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-8 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-9 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-9 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly............................................................................ 0015-10 Discharge From Water Turret Assembly............................................................................ 0015-10

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES............................................................................................. WP 0016 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-1 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-2 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-2 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-3 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-4 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-4 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-5 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover............................................ 0016-6 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover............................................ 0016-6 Application Chart. (Front)..................................................................................................... 0016-7 Application Chart. (Rear)...................................................................................................... 0016-8 Typical Sprinkler Nozzle Water Delivery.............................................................................. 0016-9 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover............................................ 0016-9 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover.......................................... 0016-10 Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover.......................................... 0016-10

DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY.......................................................................................... WP 0017 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-1 Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-2 Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-2 Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-3 Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-4 Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-4 Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-5 Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-6 Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-6

CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE........................................................................... WP 0018

vi

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-1 Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-2 Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-2 Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-3 Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-4 Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-4 Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-5

PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP................................................................................................................. WP 0019 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Prime Fully Drained Pump................................................................................................... 0019-1 Prime Fully Drained Pump................................................................................................... 0019-2 Prime Fully Drained Pump................................................................................................... 0019-3 Prime Fully Drained Pump................................................................................................... 0019-4 Prime Fully Drained Pump................................................................................................... 0019-4

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND 3" HOSE.......................................................... WP 0020 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-1 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-2 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-2 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-3 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-3 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-4 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-5 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-5 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-6 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-7 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-8 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-9 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-9

vii

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-10 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-10 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-11 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-11 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-12 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-12 Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-13

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP.............................................................................. WP 0021 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump.......................................................................... 0021-2 Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump.......................................................................... 0021-3 Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump.......................................................................... 0021-4 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-5 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-5 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-6 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-6 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-7 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-7 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-8 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-9 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-9 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant................................................................................... 0021-10 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant................................................................................... 0021-10 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant................................................................................... 0021-11 Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant................................................................................... 0021-11

LOAD TANK WITH EXTERNAL 2.5" AND 5" HOSES................................................................................. WP 0022 Figure 1. Figure 2. Load Tank With External 2.5" Hose..................................................................................... 0022-1 Load Tank With 5" Hose....................................................................................................... 0022-2

viii

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP................................................................................................................. WP 0023 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Empty Tank Without Pump................................................................................................... 0023-1 Empty Tank Without Pump................................................................................................... 0023-2 Empty Tank Without Pump................................................................................................... 0023-2 Empty Tank Without Pump................................................................................................... 0023-3 Empty Tank Without Pump................................................................................................... 0023-3

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER....................................................................................... WP 0024 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-1 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-2 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-2 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-3 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-3 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-4 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-4 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-5 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-5 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-5 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-6 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-7 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-7 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-8 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-8 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-9 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-10 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-10 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-11 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-11

ix

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 21. Figure 22. Figure 23. Figure 24. Figure 25. Figure 26. Figure 27. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-11 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-12 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-12 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-13 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-13 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-14 Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-14

OPERATING IN EXTREME HEAT.............................................................................................................. WP 0025 OPERATING IN EXTREME DUST.............................................................................................................. WP 0026 OPERATING IN COLD ENVIRONMENT +45 DEGREES F to +33 DEGREES F (+7 DEGREES C to +1 DEGREES C).................................................................................................................................. WP 0027 Chapter 3 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................... WP 0028 TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE............................................... WP 0029 ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK...................................................................................................................... WP 0030 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0030-1 Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.......................................................................... 0030-2 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0030-2 Batteries And Battery Cables - Step 3.................................................................................. 0030-3

ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT START.............................................................................................. WP 0031 Figure 1. Figure 2. Fuel Tank - Step 2................................................................................................................ 0031-2 Air Filter Restriction Indicator - Step 3.................................................................................. 0031-2

ENGINE STALLS......................................................................................................................................... WP 0032 Figure 1. Figure 2. Fuel Tank - Step 1................................................................................................................ 0032-1 Air Filter Restriction Indicator - Step 2.................................................................................. 0032-2

ENGINE WILL NOT INCREASE RPM......................................................................................................... WP 0033 Figure 1. Main Control Panel And Cab Control Box............................................................................ 0033-1

EXCESSIVE ENGINE VIBRATION............................................................................................................. WP 0034

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 1. Tachometer - Step 1............................................................................................................. 0034-1

EXCESSIVE ENGINE NOISE...................................................................................................................... WP 0035 ENGINE OVERHEATS................................................................................................................................ WP 0036 Figure 1. Engine Cover Grille - Step 2................................................................................................. 0036-1

ABNORMAL EXHAUST............................................................................................................................... WP 0037 WATER PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE....................................................................................................... WP 0038 Figure 1. Figure 2. Petcock P1 - Step 2.............................................................................................................. 0038-1 Closure Cap C1 - Step 3...................................................................................................... 0038-2

EXCESSIVE WATER PRESSURE.............................................................................................................. WP 0039 WATER PRESSURE LOW.......................................................................................................................... WP 0040 WATER PRESSURE ERRATIC.................................................................................................................. WP 0041 Figure 1. Engine Speed, Water Inlet/Outlet Gauges - Step 1.............................................................. 0041-1

EXCESSIVE PUMP NOISE......................................................................................................................... WP 0042 Figure 1. Valve V5 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0042-2

WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE........................................................................................................... WP 0043 Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0043-1

WATER DISTRIBUTOR DOES NOT OPERATE REMOTELY.................................................................... WP 0044 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0044-1 Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.......................................................................... 0044-2 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0044-2

NO POWER TO MAIN CONTROL PANEL.................................................................................................. WP 0045 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0045-1 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0045-2 Batteries And Battery Cables - Step 3.................................................................................. 0045-2 Emergency Stop Switch - Step 4.......................................................................................... 0045-3 Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 4.......................................................................... 0045-3

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE INOPERATIVE........................................................................................... WP 0046

xi

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 1. Figure 2. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0046-1 Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.......................................................................... 0046-1

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE READS HIGH OR LOW............................................................................. WP 0047 Figure 1. Battery Voltage Gauge - Step 2........................................................................................... 0047-2

MAIN CONTROL PANEL ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................................................................................................................................................ WP 0048 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0048-1 Battery Voltmeter Gauge - Step 1........................................................................................ 0048-1 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0048-2 Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.......................................................................................... 0048-3 Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 3.......................................................................... 0048-3

ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED WHEN STARTING........................ WP 0049 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS LOW....................................................................................... WP 0050 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS HIGH...................................................................................... WP 0051 WATER PUMP INLET GAUGE INOPERATIVE.......................................................................................... WP 0052 Figure 1. Figure 2. Valve V1 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0052-1 Water Pump Inlet Gauge - Step 2........................................................................................ 0052-2

WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................................................................... WP 0053 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.............................................................................................. 0053-1 Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0053-2 Water Level High indicator - Step 2...................................................................................... 0053-2

WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE.................................................................... WP 0054 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.............................................................................................. 0054-1 Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0054-2 Water Level Low Indicator - Step 2...................................................................................... 0054-2

WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED....................................................................... WP 0055 Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.............................................................................................. 0055-1

WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED........................................................................ WP 0056

xii

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.............................................................................................. 0056-1

MANUAL WATER TURRET DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................. WP 0057 Figure 1. Figure 2. Valve V6 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0057-1 Valve V1 - Step 2................................................................................................................. 0057-2

MANUAL WATER TURRET OUTPUT LOW............................................................................................... WP 0058 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Valve V6 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0058-1 Valve V1 - Step 2................................................................................................................. 0058-2 Valve V5 - Step 3................................................................................................................. 0058-3

GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................... WP 0059 Figure 1. Valve V8 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0059-1

GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR STREAM LOW...................................................................................... WP 0060 Figure 1. Figure 2. Valve V8 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0060-1 Gravity Fed Sprinkler Bar - Step 2....................................................................................... 0060-2

SPRINKLER HEADS DO NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................. WP 0061 SPRINKLER HEAD OUTPUT LOW............................................................................................................. WP 0062 Figure 1. Figure 2. Valve V1 - Step 3................................................................................................................. 0062-2 Valve V5 - Step 4................................................................................................................. 0062-3

WATER HOSE DOES NOT OPERATE....................................................................................................... WP 0063 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Valve V1 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0063-1 Valve V7 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0063-2 Water Hose - Step 2............................................................................................................. 0063-2 Water Pump Outlet Gauge - Step 3..................................................................................... 0063-3

WATER HOSE OUTPUT LOW.................................................................................................................... WP 0064 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Valve V1 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0064-1 Valve V7 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0064-2 Valve V5 - Step 2................................................................................................................. 0064-3 Water Hose - Step 3............................................................................................................. 0064-4

xiii

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 5. Water Pump Outlet Gauge - Step 4..................................................................................... 0064-4

CAB CONTROL BOX ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................................................................................................................................................ WP 0065 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0065-1 Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.......................................................................... 0065-2 Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0065-2 Cab Control Box - Step 2..................................................................................................... 0065-3 UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2...................................................................... 0065-3 Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.......................................................................................... 0065-4 Cab Control Box Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 3............................................... 0065-4

CAB CONTROL BOX TACHOMETER DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................. WP 0066 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Tachometer - Step 1............................................................................................................. 0066-1 Cab Control Box - Step 2..................................................................................................... 0066-2 UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2...................................................................... 0066-2 Cab Control Box Tachometer - Step 3................................................................................. 0066-3

CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE............................... WP 0067 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0067-1 Water Level High indicator - Step 1...................................................................................... 0067-2 Cab Control Box - Step 2..................................................................................................... 0067-2 UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2...................................................................... 0067-3 Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.......................................................................................... 0067-3 Cab Control Box Water Level High Indicator - Step 3.......................................................... 0067-4

CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................................ WP 0068 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0068-1 Water Level Low Indicator - Step 1...................................................................................... 0068-2 Cab Control Box - Step 2..................................................................................................... 0068-2 UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2...................................................................... 0068-3 Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.......................................................................................... 0068-3

xiv

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 6. Cab Control Box Water Level Low Indicator - Step 3........................................................... 0068-4

CAB CONTROL BOX LIGHTS SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................... WP 0069 Figure 1. Figure 2. Cab Control Box - Step 2..................................................................................................... 0069-2 UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2...................................................................... 0069-2

Chapter 4 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................................... WP 0070 Table 1. Table 2. Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Leakage Definitions for PMCS............................................................................................. 0070-2 Key....................................................................................................................................... 0070-3 Dipstick................................................................................................................................. 0070-3 Water Turret Lube Points..................................................................................................... 0070-4 Hose Reel Lube Points......................................................................................................... 0070-4

OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).................................... WP 0071 Table 1. Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)............. 0071-1 Ladder.................................................................................................................................. 0071-2 Petcock Valves..................................................................................................................... 0071-3 Engine.................................................................................................................................. 0071-4 Engine Oil............................................................................................................................. 0071-5 Engine Coolant..................................................................................................................... 0071-6 Fuel/Water Separator........................................................................................................... 0071-8 Engine Drive Belt.................................................................................................................. 0071-9 Air Cleaner......................................................................................................................... 0071-10 Batteries............................................................................................................................. 0071-11 NATO Slave....................................................................................................................... 0071-12 Connection Point C1.......................................................................................................... 0071-13 Hoses and Retaining Screws............................................................................................. 0071-14 Floating Strainer................................................................................................................. 0071-15 Vent.................................................................................................................................... 0071-16

xv

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Figure 21. Figure 22. Figure 23. Figure 24. Figure 25. Figure 26. Figure 27. Figure 28. Figure 29. Figure 30. Figure 31. Figure 32. Figure 33. Figure 34. Figure 35. Figure 36. Figure 37. Figure 38. Figure 39. Figure 40. Figure 41. Tank................................................................................................................................... 0071-16 Water Level Indicator......................................................................................................... 0071-17 Fuel Tank........................................................................................................................... 0071-19 UPIK Interface Kit............................................................................................................... 0071-20 Stowage Box...................................................................................................................... 0071-21 Fire Extinguisher................................................................................................................ 0071-23 Safety Chain....................................................................................................................... 0071-24 Folding Handrail................................................................................................................. 0071-25 Control Box......................................................................................................................... 0071-26 Water Turret....................................................................................................................... 0071-27 Manhole Cover................................................................................................................... 0071-28 Hose Reel........................................................................................................................... 0071-29 Sprinklers........................................................................................................................... 0071-30 Air Oiler.............................................................................................................................. 0071-31 Air Actuators....................................................................................................................... 0071-32 Sprinkler Bar....................................................................................................................... 0071-33 Work Lights........................................................................................................................ 0071-34 Engine................................................................................................................................ 0071-35 Exhaust System................................................................................................................. 0071-36 Controls and Indicators...................................................................................................... 0071-37 Safety Chain....................................................................................................................... 0071-38 Work Lights........................................................................................................................ 0071-39 Sprinklers........................................................................................................................... 0071-40 Hose Reel........................................................................................................................... 0071-41 Sprinkler Bar....................................................................................................................... 0071-42 Engine................................................................................................................................ 0071-43 Air Filter Restriction Indicator............................................................................................. 0071-44

xvi

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 42. Figure 43. Figure 44. Figure 45. Figure 46. Figure 47. Figure 48. Figure 49. Figure 50. Figure 51. Figure 52. Figure 53. Figure 54. Figure 55. Figure 56. Figure 57. Figure 58. Figure 59. Figure 60. Figure 61. Figure 62. Engine Oil Level................................................................................................................. 0071-45 Hoses and Connection Point Covers................................................................................. 0071-46 Floating Strainer................................................................................................................. 0071-47 Tank................................................................................................................................... 0071-48 Fuel Tank........................................................................................................................... 0071-50 UPIK Interface Kit............................................................................................................... 0071-51 Stowage Box...................................................................................................................... 0071-52 Ladder................................................................................................................................ 0071-53 Hose Reel........................................................................................................................... 0071-54 Sprinklers........................................................................................................................... 0071-55 Rollers................................................................................................................................ 0071-56 Sprinkler Bar....................................................................................................................... 0071-57 Exhaust System................................................................................................................. 0071-58 Batteries............................................................................................................................. 0071-59 Fuel Tank........................................................................................................................... 0071-61 UPIK Interface Kit............................................................................................................... 0071-62 Stowage Box...................................................................................................................... 0071-63 Air Filter.............................................................................................................................. 0071-64 Sheet Metal and Frame...................................................................................................... 0071-65 Air Lines, Hoses, and Wiring.............................................................................................. 0071-66 Valves and Connection Point Covers................................................................................. 0071-67

Chapter 5 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS SERVICE UPON RECEIPT......................................................................................................................... WP 0072 BACK FLUSHING........................................................................................................................................ WP 0073 Figure 1. Back Flushing....................................................................................................................... 0073-1

PREPARATION FOR TRANSPORT........................................................................................................... WP 0074 Figure 1. Preparation For Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport............................................... 0074-2

xvii

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Preparation For Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport............................................... 0074-2 Placing Water Distributor Back In Service After Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport......................................................................................................................... 0074-3 Placing Water Distributor Back In Service After Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport......................................................................................................................... 0074-3

STOW/UNSTOW ROLLERS....................................................................................................................... WP 0075 Figure 1. Figure 2. Stow Rollers......................................................................................................................... 0075-1 Unstow Rollers..................................................................................................................... 0075-2

STOW\UNSTOW LADDER.......................................................................................................................... WP 0076 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Unstow Ladder..................................................................................................................... 0076-1 Unstow Ladder..................................................................................................................... 0076-2 Stow Ladder......................................................................................................................... 0076-2 Stow Ladder......................................................................................................................... 0076-3

STOW/UNSTOW RAILING.......................................................................................................................... WP 0077 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Stow Railing......................................................................................................................... 0077-1 Stow Railing......................................................................................................................... 0077-2 Stow Railing......................................................................................................................... 0077-2 Unstow Railing..................................................................................................................... 0077-3 Unstow Railing..................................................................................................................... 0077-3 Unstow Railing..................................................................................................................... 0077-4

STOW/UNSTOW HOSES............................................................................................................................ WP 0078 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Unstow Fill Hoses................................................................................................................. 0078-1 Stow Fill Hoses..................................................................................................................... 0078-2 Unwind Hose Reel................................................................................................................ 0078-2 Unwind Hose Reel................................................................................................................ 0078-3 Retract Hose Reel................................................................................................................ 0078-3 Retract Hose Reel................................................................................................................ 0078-4 Retract Hose Reel................................................................................................................ 0078-4

xviii

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. STOW/UNSTOW FLOATING STRAINER................................................................................................... WP 0079 Figure 1. Figure 2. Unstow Floating Strainer...................................................................................................... 0079-1 Stow Floating Strainer.......................................................................................................... 0079-2

OPEN/CLOSE MANHOLE COVER............................................................................................................. WP 0080 Figure 1. Figure 2. Open Manhole Cover........................................................................................................... 0080-1 Close Manhole Cover........................................................................................................... 0080-2

OPEN/CLOSE BATTERY BOX................................................................................................................... WP 0081 Figure 1. Figure 2. Open Battery Box................................................................................................................. 0081-1 Close Battery Box................................................................................................................. 0081-2

OPEN/CLOSE ENGINE ACCESS COVERS............................................................................................... WP 0082 Figure 1. Figure 2. Open Engine Access Cover................................................................................................. 0082-1 Close Engine Access Cover................................................................................................. 0082-2

CLEANING................................................................................................................................................... WP 0083 DATA PLATES AND STENCILS................................................................................................................. WP 0084 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Data Plates........................................................................................................................... 0084-1 Data Plates........................................................................................................................... 0084-1 Data Plates........................................................................................................................... 0084-2 Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-2 Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-3 Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-4 Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-5 Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-6 Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-7 Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-8 Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-9 Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-9

OUTER AIR FILTER ELEMENT REMOVAL/SERVICE/INSTALLATION.................................................... WP 0085

xix

TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Air Filter Element Removal................................................................................................... 0085-1 Air Filter Element Removal................................................................................................... 0085-2 Air Filter Element Service..................................................................................................... 0085-2 Air Filter Element Service..................................................................................................... 0085-3 Air Filter Element Installation................................................................................................ 0085-4 Air Filter Element Installation................................................................................................ 0085-4 Air Filter Element Installation................................................................................................ 0085-5

Chapter 6 - SUPPORTING INFORMATION REFERENCES............................................................................................................................................ WP 0086 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS............................................................ WP 0087 Table 1. Table 2. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM........................................................................................... 0087-2 BASIC ISSUE ITEMS........................................................................................................... 0087-3

EXPENDABLE/DURABLE ITEMS LIST...................................................................................................... WP 0088 FO1 DATA PLATE....................................................................................................................................... WP 0089 Foldout Figures FO-1. Data Plate........................................................................................................................................... FP-1

xx

TM 5-3825-270-10

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

GENERAL INFORMATION This manual is designed to help operate and maintain the Water Distributor, NSN 3825-01-577-2713, Part Number 5251894. Listed below are some of the features included in this manual to help locate and use the needed information: Warning, caution and note headings, subject headings and other essential information are printed in bold type, making them easier to see. In addition to text, there are digital photos and some line art illustrations showing how to take a component off and put it back on. Cleaning and inspection criteria are also included where necessary. Chapter 1 of this manual covers General Information, Equipment Description and Data, and Theory of Operation. Chapter 2 of this manual covers Operator Instructions. Chapter 3 of this manual provides an Introduction to Troubleshooting and Troubleshooting Procedures. Chapter 4 of this manual covers Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS). Chapter 5 of this manual covers Maintenance Instructions. Chapter 6 of this manual provides Supporting Information, References, Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items, and Expendables/Durable Supplies and Materials List. Follow these guidelines when using this manual: Read all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTES prior to performing any procedure. The operator must read through this manual and become familiar with its contents before attempting to operate the Water Distributor. Water Distributor TM 5-3825-270-10 is used in conjunction with Palletized Load System (PLS) TM 9-2320-364 manual series.

xxi/xxii blank

TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND THEORY OF OPERATION

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE GENERAL INFORMATION

0001

SCOPE TYPE OF MANUAL This manual contains operation and operator maintenance instructions for the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD). EQUIPMENT NAME AND MODEL NUMBER Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD), NSN 3825-01-577-2713, the module is manufactured by E.D. Etnyre and Co. PURPOSE OF EQUIPMENT The EMM - WD's primary mission is to enhance the engineer corps and supported forces in the areas of combat support, combat service support and general construction; this includes the construction of airfields, railways, roads and infrastructure. When mounted on a truck or trailer the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) shall provide a means of: Spreading measured amounts of water for increasing soil moisture Applying soil stabilization additives Applying dust control chemicals Firefighting support capability MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual (WP 0086). REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) If your Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EEM-WD) needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what you dont like about your equipment. Let us know why you dont like the design or performance. If you have internet access, the easiest and fastest way to report problem or suggestions is to go to https://aeps.ria.army.mil/aepspublic.cfm (scroll down and choose the "Submit Quality Deficiency Report" bar). The Internet form lets you choose to submit an Equipment Improvement Recommendation (EIR), a Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) or a Warranty Claim Action (WCA). You may also submit your information using an SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report) (WP 0086) . You can send your SF 368 via e-mail, regular mail, or facsimile using the addresses/facsimile numbers specified in DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual (WP 0086). We will send you a reply. CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC) Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any corrosion problems with the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future. While corrosion is typically associated with rusting of metals, corrosion can also include deterioration of other materials, such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem. If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using a SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report) (WP 0086) which should be submitted to the address specified in DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual (WP 0086).

0001-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

0001

Command decision, according to the tactical situation, will determine when the destruction of the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) will be accomplished. A destruction plan will be prepared by the using organization unless one has been prepared by a higher authority. For general destruction procedures for this equipment, refer to TM 750-244-6, Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use (U.S. Army Tank-automotive and Armaments Command) (WP 0086). WARRANTY INFORMATION The Water Distributor is warranted for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of warranty activation. The warranty starts when the Water Distributor's warranty data plate is stamped by the Contractor during the Water Distributor hand-off. Report all defects to your supervisor, who will take appropriate action. For equipment under manufacturer's warranty, hard time oil service intervals shall be followed. Intervals shall be shortened if lubricants are known to be contaminated or if operation is under adverse conditions, such as longer than usual operating hours, extended idling period, or extreme dust. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS This list consists of special or unique abbreviations, acronyms, and descriptors not contained in MIL-STD-12, Abbreviations for use on Drawings, and in Specifications, Standards and Technical Documents (WP 0086) Table 1. List of Abbreviations. amp BII C CAGEC cm COEI CTA DA DC EIR EMM - WD F ft GPM hp Amperes Basic Issue Item Centigrade Commercial and Government Entity Code Centimeter Components of End Item Common Table of Allowances Department of the Army Direct Current Equipment Improvement Recommendation Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor Fahrenheit Foot Gallons per Minute Horsepower

0001-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS - Continued Table 1. List of Abbreviations - Continued. in. ISO kPa L lb LHS m ml mm NBC NSN PLS PLST PMCS PQDR psi Qt RPSTL rpm SAE STD TAMMS TM U/I U/M Inch International Standards Organization Kilopascal Liter Pound Load Handling System Meter Milliliters Millimeter Nuclear, Biological, Chemical National Stock Number Palletized Load System Palletized Load System Trailer Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services Product Quality Deficiency Report Pound-Force Per Square Inch Quart Repair Parts and Special Tools List Revolutions Per Minute Society of Automotive Engineers Standard The Army Maintenance Management System Technical Manual Unit Of Issue Unit Of Measure

0001

0001-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS - Continued Table 1. List of Abbreviations - Continued. vdc WCA SAFETY GENERAL Volts Direct Current Warranty Claim Action

0001

Even though the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) has no special hazardous or dangerous characteristics during exposure to normal transportation environments, several general safety considerations and precautions are important. Check the entire module to be sure loose items are properly secured. Have fire extinguishers readily available when operating the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD). Make sure only qualified personnel operate the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD). Do not leave the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) unattended while the engine is running. Do not operate the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) on public roads without the appropriate safety equipment. Adhere to all local, state, federal, and host-nation safety laws and regulations applying to commercial carriers. WARNING ICONS Table 2. Warning Icons. EAR PROTECTION - headphones over ears shows that noise level will harm ears.

ELECTRICAL - electrical wire to arm with electricity symbol running through human body shows that shock hazard is present.

ELECTRICAL - electrical wire to hand with electricity symbol running through hand shows that shock hazard is present.

0001-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 WARNING ICONS - Continued Table 2. Warning Icons - Continued.

0001

FALLING PARTS - arrow bouncing off human shoulder and head shows that falling parts present a danger to life or limb.

FLYING PARTICLES - arrows bouncing off face shows that particles flying through the air will harm face.

FLYING PARTICLES - arrows bouncing off face with face shield shows that particles flying through the air will harm face.

HEAVY OBJECT - human figure stooping over heavy object shows physical injury potential from improper lifting technique.

HEAVY PARTS - hand with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush and harm.

HEAVY PARTS - foot with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush and harm.

HEAVY PARTS - heavy object on human figure shows that heavy parts present a danger to life or limb.

0001-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 WARNING ICONS - Continued Table 2. Warning Icons - Continued.

0001

HEAVY PARTS - heavy object pinning human figure against wall shows that heavy, moving parts present a danger to life or limb.

HELMET PROTECTION - arrow bouncing off head with helmet shows that falling parts present a danger.

HOT AREA - hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can burn.

LASER LIGHT - laser light hazard symbol indicates extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and reflections.

MOVING PARTS - human figure with an arm caught between gears shows that the moving parts of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.

MOVING PARTS - hand with fingers caught between gears shows that the moving parts of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.

MOVING PARTS - hand with fingers caught between rollers shows that the moving parts of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.

0001-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 WARNING ICONS - Continued Table 2. Warning Icons - Continued.

0001

SHARP OBJECT - pointed object in hand shows that a sharp object presents a danger to limb.

SHARP OBJECT - pointed object in hand shows that a sharp object presents a danger to limb.

SHARP OBJECT - pointed object in foot shows that a sharp object presents a danger to limb.

SLICK FLOOR - wavy line on floor with legs prone shows that slick floor presents a danger for falling.

BIOLOGICAL - abstract symbol bug shows that a material may contain bacteria or viruses that present a danger to life or health.

CHEMICAL - drops of liquid on hand shows that the material will cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue.

CRYOGENIC - hand in block of ice shows that the material is extremely cold and can injure human skin or tissue.

0001-7

TM 5-3825-270-10 WARNING ICONS - Continued Table 2. Warning Icons - Continued.

0001

EXPLOSION - rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may explode if subjected to high temperatures, sources of ignition or high pressure.

EYE PROTECTION - person with goggles shows that the material will injure the eyes.

FIRE - flame shows that a material may ignite and cause burns.

POISON - skull and crossbones shows that a material is poisonous or is a danger to life.

RADIATION - three circular wedges shows that the material emits radioactive energy and can injure human tissue.

VAPOR - human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present a danger to life or health.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0001-8

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

0002

GENERAL The Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) is a demountable 3000 gallon unit for use with NATO STANAG compatible Load Handling System (LHS) type trucks (e.g., PLS M1075) and associated trailers (e.g., PLST M1076). The Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) is compatible for PLS transport, operation and use throughout the mission profile. It can also be powered by an on-board diesel engine. The Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) when unloaded from the PLS truck is capable of operating as a wash rack facility. The Water Distributor can be operated from the cab of the PLS vehicle when vehicle is moving or at the rear control station when vehicle is not moving. It is composed of a 3,000 gallon stainless steel water tank mounted on top of a slightly modified M1077 flatrack. Internal baffles in the tank minimize sloshing of material during operations. A 20 inch manhole is located at the rear top of the tank to permit access for inspection or filling. A catwalk and hand rails are provided to allow access to the manhole from the rear control station. An overflow pipe, located at the top of the tank, was incorporated to prevent overfilling and to allow room for expansion of the material. A drain is located in the bottom rear of the tank for complete draining of the unit for service or inspection. Several inlet/outlet ports are provided with a variety of adapters for various connections and operations. The EMM - WD is intended for fresh water operation only; saltwater shall not be used in the EMM - WD. EQUIPMENT DATA Refer to the following table for specific equipment data. Table 1. Equipment Data. Item TANK RACK Tank Capacity (usable) NSN Part Number Model Number Length Width Height Weight, Empty Weight, Full WATER PUMP Type Nominal Capacity Self-Priming Centrifugal 600 gpm 3,000 gal 3825-01-577-2713 5251894 WD3000 238.4" 96" 82.1" 8,500 lb 33,500 lb Specification

0002-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued Table 1. Equipment Data - Continued. Item Drive Minimum Recommended Operating Speed Maximum Recommended Operating Speed Maximum Discharge Pressure (outlet blocked) ENGINE Type Model Power Maximum Speed Low Idle Speed WATER TURRET Spray Distance Capability Normal Operation Output (shaper nozzle) SPRINKLER NOZZLES Type Spray Width Capability Normal Operation Output (one nozzle) Normal Operation Output (two nozzles) Full Output (two nozzles) HOSE REEL Type Hose Size Normal Operation Output (full open nozzle) Full Output (full open nozzle) Manual Crank 1.5" x 50' 1500 Engine rpm: 50 psi, 65 gpm 2400 Engine rpm: 125 psi, 110 gpm over 175' (shaper nozzle) over 125' (fog nozzle) 2400 Engine rpm: 110psi, 550 gpm Naturally Aspirated Liquid Cooled Diesel Kubota V3600E3B 66.8 HP 2400 rpm 1000 rpm Specification Direct with engine flywheel flex coupling 1500 Engine rpm (continuous) 2400 Engine rpm (continuous)

0002

135 psi at 2400 Engine rpm (30 seconds maximum)

(2) Fan Nozzles-Adjustable Direction Fixed Opening 80' 1800 Engine rpm: 75 psi, 235 gpm 1800 Engine rpm: 65 psi, 420 gpm 2400 Engine rpm: 110 psi, 550 gpm

0002-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued Table 1. Equipment Data - Continued. Item SHUT-DOWN SYSTEM Engine Overspeed High Engine Coolant Temperature Low Engine Oil Pressure Excessive Pump Discharge Pressure END OF WORK PACKAGE over 2650 rpm over 225 F under 7 psi over 150 psi Specification

0002

0002-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION

0003

INTRODUCTION The EMM - WD's primary mission is to enhance the engineer corps and supported forces in the areas of combat support, combat service support and general construction; this includes the construction of airfields, railways, roads and infrastructure. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Electrical power is provided to the module by on-board systems. Water distribution is accomplished through the hose reel, sprinkler system, water turret, and gravity bar. OPERATIONAL FEATURES OF COMPONENTS ENGINE The engine, which powers the pump, is mounted within the module unit. It receives its fuel from a 20 gal (76 L) fuel tank mounted to the flatrack on the front left side. Control of the engine is by the control panel as described below. The EMM - WD and the engine is not shielded against electromagnetic interference. A standoff from high frequency communications is recommended. PUMP The pump is coupled directly to the engine. The purpose of the pump is to pump water out of or into the tank. VALVES There are a total of eight valves on the Water Distributor that control different operations. Refer to data plates and decals (WP 0084) for location of valves. CONTROL PANEL The control panel controls the starting and stopping of the engine. It also monitors the tank functions as well as the high and low water indicators. The control panel is permanently mounted on the rear platform. TRANSPORTER OPERATION AND FUNCTIONS For transporter operation and functions refer to: TM 9-2320-364-10 for the Palletized Load System (PLS) truck (M1074, M1075). TM 9-2330-385-10 for the PLS trailer (M1076). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0003-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 2 OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE LOCATIONS AND USE OF CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

0004

CONTROLS AND INDICATORS INTRODUCTION Know the location and proper use of every control and indicator before operating the water distributor. Use this paragraph to learn how each control and indicator is to be used. Separate illustrations, with keys, are provided. Table 1. MAIN CONTROL PANEL
2 3 4

Figure 1. Control Panel. Key Control/Indicator Function

1 2

Battery Voltage Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Tachometer/Hrs Display Water Pump Outlet Gauge

Displays battery output in volts (V). Displays engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi) and Kilopascal (kPa). Displays engine coolant temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (F) and Celsius (C). Displays engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM x 100) and total operating hours. Displays water output in pounds per square inch (psi).

0004-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0004

Table 1. MAIN CONTROL PANEL - Continued Key Control/Indicator Function

10 11 12 13

Figure 2. Control Panel. 6 Water Pump Inlet Gauge Light Switch Engine ON/OFF Switch Left Side Water Sprinkler Switch Right Side Water Sprinkler Switch Resume/Idle Switch RPM Switch Displays water input in pounds per square inch (psi) and vacuum in (Hg).

7 8

Used to turn work lights on or off. Used to start and stop engine.

Used to turn Left Sprinklers on, off, and relay control to cab control box.

10

Used to turn Right Sprinklers on, off, and relay control to cab control box.

11 12

Used to run engine at idle speed or to resume set RPM for operation. Used to raise or lower desired RPM for operation.

0004-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0004

Table 1. MAIN CONTROL PANEL - Continued Key Control/Indicator Function

13

Set Button
14

Pressed in to set desired RPM during operation.

15 16

17

Figure 3. Control Panel. 14 Water Level Low Indicator Water Level High Indicator Engine Off/ Battery Drain Indicator Emergency Stop Switch Illuminates steady when tank capacity is approximately 300 gallons or lower.

15

Illuminates when tank capacity is approximately 3000 gallons.

16

Illuminates when emergency shutoff switch has been released, indicates that power is still in use and that battery is being drained. Allows the operator to immediately shut down the system in an emergency situation.

17

0004-3

TM 5-3825-270-10

0004

Table 2. CAB CONTROL PANEL

1 2 3 4 5

11

10 9

Figure 4. Cab Control Panel. Key Control/Indicator Function

1 2

Light Switch Water Level High Indicator Water Level Low Indicator Engine ON/OFF Switch Tachometer Gauge Set Button RPM Switch Resume/Idle Switch Engine Off/ Battery Drain Indicator

Used to turn work lights on and off. Illuminates when tank capacity is 3000 gallons.

Illuminates when tank capacity is 300 gallons or lower.

Used to start and stop engine.

5 6 7 8 9

Displays engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM x 100). Pressed in to set desired RPM during operation. Used to raise or lower desired RPM for operation. Used to run engine at idle speed or to resume set RPM for operation. Illuminates when emergency shutoff switch had been pressed, indicates that power is still in use and that battery is being drained.

0004-4

TM 5-3825-270-10

0004

Table 2. CAB CONTROL PANEL - Continued Key Control/Indicator Function

10

Right Side Water Sprinkler Switch Left Side Water Sprinkler Switch

Used to turn Right Sprinklers on and off.

11

Used to turn Left Sprinklers on and off.

Table 3. VALVES

2
Figure 5. Valves.

Key

Control/Indicator

Function

1 2 3

Valve 6 (V6) Valve 7 (V7) Valve 5 (V5)

Allows water to be routed to water turret when opened. Allows water to be routed to hose reel when opened. Allows water to enter water pump for operations when opened.

0004-5

TM 5-3825-270-10

0004

Table 3. VALVES - Continued Key Control/Indicator Function

Figure 6. Valves. 4 Valve 3 (V3) Allows tanks to be filled from road side with external 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) hose when opened. Can also be used during complete draining of tank. Main valve- Used during operation of hose reel, strainer, water turret, and sprinklers, or when back flushing. Allows water to be routed to gravity sprinkler bar when opened. Allows tanks to be filled from curb side with external 5 in. (127 mm) hose. Can also be used during complete draining of tank. Allows tank to be filled from curb side with external 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) hose when opened. Can also be used during complete draining of tank.

Valve 1 (V1)

6 7

Valve 8 (V8) Valve 2 (V2)

Valve 4 (V4)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0004-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PREPARATION FOR OPERATION/ENGINE START-UP

0005

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

PREPARATION FOR OPERATION/ENGINE START-UP 1. 2. 3. 4. Refer to (TM 9-2320-364-10) for Operation of PLS truck. Inspect water distributor for damage that may have occurred during transport. Check and tighten all fasteners, body tie-down bolts, pipe and circulating line connections, etc., that may have loosened during transit. Fill water distributor with at least 300 gallons of water (WP 0011).

CAUTION
Do not let engine pump run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 5. Start engine and circulate water (WP 0018).

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0005-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATING LIGHTS

0006

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

OPERATING LIGHTS

NOTE
Emergency stop switch must be ON to supply power to the electrical system. The light switch has three positions: ON is the up position, middle is the OFF position, and down is the CAB CONTROL position. 1. Disconnect t-handle (Figure 1, Item 1) from control panel cover (Figure 1, Item 2).
1 2

Figure 1. Operating Lights. 2. 3. Open control panel cover (Figure 1, Item 2). Place light switch (Figure 2, Item 3) to ON position to turn work lights (Figure 2, Item 4) on and back to OFF to turn work lights off.

0006-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATING LIGHTS - Continued

0006

Figure 2. Operating Lights. 4. Place light switch (Figure 3, Item 3) to CAB CONTROL to operate work lights (Figure 3, Item 4) from cab control box (Figure 3, Item 5).

Figure 3. Operating Lights. 5. Connect universal power interface kit (UPIK) (WP 0012).

NOTE
Ensure emergency stop switch is in the OFF position when mission is complete. 6. Place light switch (Figure 4, Item 3) on cab control box (Figure 4, Item 5) to ON position to turn work lights (Figure 4, Item 4) on, and back to OFF to turn work lights off.

0006-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATING LIGHTS - Continued

0006

Figure 4. Operating Lights. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0006-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE LOADING/UNLOADING WATER DISTRIBUTOR ON PLS OR TRAILER

0007

INITIAL SETUP: Equipment Condition Disconnect UPIK (Unloading only). (WP 0012)

LOADING/UNLOADING WATER DISTRIBUTOR ON PLS OR TRAILER The Water Distributor is capable of being loaded, or unloaded on any PLS truck, or PLS trailer (PLST). (TM 9-2320-364-10) END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0007-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE FUELING

0008

INITIAL SETUP: Materials/Parts Gloves, Chemical Oil Protective (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 13) Goggles, Industrial (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 14)

FUELING

WARNING

Fuel Diesel fuel is flammable. Do not perform this procedure near fire, flame or sparks. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. DO NOT smoke or permit any open flame in area of Water Distributor while you are servicing fuel system. Be sure hose nozzle is grounded against filler tube during refueling to prevent static electricity. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. DO NOT perform fuel system checks, inspections, or maintenance while smoking or near fire, flames, or sparks. Fuel may ignite, causing injury or death to personnel, or damage to equipment. Operating personnel must wear fuel-resistant gloves when handling fuels. If exposed to fuel, promptly wash exposed skin and change fuel-soaked clothing. 1. Remove fuel cap (Figure 1, Item 1) from fuel tank (Figure 1, Item 2).

Figure 1. Fueling.

0008-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 FUELING - Continued 2.

0008

Fill fuel tank (Figure 1, Item 2). When fuel tank has been filled, replace fuel cap (Figure 1, Item 1) on fuel tank.

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0008-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE FIRE EXTINGUISHER OPERATION

0009

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

FIRE EXTINGUISHER OPERATION

WARNING

Fire extinguisher contents are under pressure. Do not puncture or incinerate. DO NOT store at high temperatures above 120F (49C). Avoid inhaling the extinguishing agent. Avoid inhaling smoke and fumes - all fires release toxic substances that are harmful. DO NOT remain in a closed area after use. Evacuate the area immediately and ventilate thoroughly before re-entering. Although extinguishing agents are non-toxic when properly used, contact with them may cause irritation to eyes, nose, and throat and other allergic symptoms. Failure to comply with the above warnings could result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.

NOTE
This fire extinguisher can be used on trash, wood, paper, flammable liquids, and electrical equipment. 1. Release clamp (Figure 1, Item 6).

2 1

5 7

Figure 1. Fire Extinguisher Operation.

0009-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 FIRE EXTINGUISHER OPERATION - Continued 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 5) from mounting bracket (Figure 1, Item 1).

0009

Hold fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 5) upright, and pull safety pin (Figure 1, Item 4) to break plastic tie (Figure 1, Item 3). Point nozzle (Figure 1, Item 7) at base of fire. Squeeze lever (Figure 1, Item 2) and sweep side to side. Place fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 5) on bracket (Figure 1, Item 1). Secure latch (Figure 1, Item 6).

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0009-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE

0010

INITIAL SETUP: Materials/Parts Gloves, Chemical Oil Protective (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 13) Materials/Parts (cont.) Goggles, Industrial (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 14) Soil Stabilization Additive (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 31)

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE

WARNING

Soil stabilization additive may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. First aid for ingestion: Drink 1 to 2 glasses of milk or water. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

NOTE
Soil stabilization additive must be diluted with water to a concentration ratio that is in accordance with the manufacturers recommendation for the required application. A common dilution ratio used is 3:1 (3 gallons [11 L] ) of water for each gallon of soil stabilization additive) which is 825 gallons (3,123 L) of water for each 275 gallons (1,041 L) of soil stabilization additive. At this 3:1 dilution ratio, a full 3,000 gallon (11,356 L) water distributor tank load will require 2,250 gallons (8,517 L) of water and 750 gallons (2,839 L) of soil stabilization additive. 1. 2. 3. Fill water distributor with half of water required for intended dilution ratio and total load. It is recommended to use either the system pump (WP 0020) or external pump (WP 0021) when performing this task. Unstow one suction hose (WP 0078). Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 4) from connection point C1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

0010-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

0010

Figure 1. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 4. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 3) and attach suction hose (Figure 1, Item 2) to connection point C1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

NOTE
Couplings are provided in the stowage box for multiple configurations of soil stabilization additive totes. 5. Unstow 2" coupling cam (Figure 2, Item 8), 3" coupling cam (Figure 2, Item 6) and reducer (Figure 2, Item 7) from stowage box (Figure 2, Item 5).

0010-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

0010

Figure 2. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 6. 7. Connect 2" coupling cam (Figure 2, Item 8) to 3" coupling cam (Figure 2, Item 6) with reducer (Figure 2, Item 7). Connect 2" coupling cam (Figure 3, Item 8) to tote connection point (Figure 3, Item 9).

0010-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

0010

10 12

10 8, 9 6

11
Figure 3. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 8. 9. 10. 11. Remove cap (Figure 3, Item 11) from suction hose (Figure 3, Item 2). Attach suction hose (Figure 3, Item 2) to 3" coupling cam (Figure 3, Item 6). Remove cap (Figure 3, Item 12) from tote (Figure 3, Item 10). Open valve V1 (Figure 4, Item 13).

0010-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

0010

13

Figure 4. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 12. Open valve V5 (Figure 5, Item 14).

0010-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

0010

14

Figure 5. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 13. Open control panel cover (Figure 6, Item 15) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 6, Item 16).

15

16

Figure 6. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 14. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 7, Item 19).

0010-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

17 18

0010

19

21

20

Figure 7. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 15. 16. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 7, Item 17) until engine is started. Adjust engine rpm (Figure 7, Item 18) to 1500 rpm by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 7, Item 21).

CAUTION
Ensure that engine speed is set to 1500 rpm. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. DO NOT allow engine to run longer than necessary to empty soil stabilization additive into water tank. Soil stabilization additive will foam and cause expansion of product. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 17. 18. When engine rpm (Figure 7, Item 18) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 7, Item 20) to set rpm . Slowly close valve V1 (Figure 8, Item 13).

0010-7

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

0010

13

Figure 8. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 19. Open valve (Figure 9, Item 22) on tote (Figure 9, Item 10).
10 22

Figure 9. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 20. When loading procedure is complete, press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 10, Item 23) to the IDLE position to return engine rpm (Figure 10, Item 18) to idle speed.

0010-8

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

0010

18

23
Figure 10. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 21. Close valve V5 (Figure 11, Item 14).

14

Figure 11. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 22. Immediately shut water distributor engine off by pressing down on start/stop switch (Figure 12, Item 17).

0010-9

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

17

0010

Figure 12. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 23. Close valve (Figure 13, Item 22) on tote (Figure 13, Item 10).

10 8, 9 6 22

Figure 13. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 24. 25. 26. 27. Disconnect 2" coupling cam (Figure 13, Item 8) from tote connection point (Figure 13, Item 9). Repeat Steps (7) through (24) for any additional totes (Figure 13, Item 10) of soil stabilization additive required for intended load. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 13, Item 2) from 3" coupling cam (Figure 13, Item 6) on tote (Figure 13, Item 10). Fill water distributor with remaining half of water required for intended dilution ratio and total load. It is recommended to use either the system pump (WP 0020) or external pump (WP 0021) when performing this task. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 14, Item 2) from connection point C1 (Figure 14, Item 1).

28.

0010-10

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

0010

Figure 14. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 29. 30. Install cap (Figure 14, Item 4) on connection point C1 (Figure 14, Item 1). Disconnect 2" coupling cam (Figure 15, Item 8), 3" coupling cam (Figure 15, Item 6), and reducer (Figure 15, Item 7) from tote connection point (Figure 15, Item 9).

0010-11

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

0010

6, 7

8, 9

Figure 15. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.

CAUTION
Ensure hose and coupling adapters are cleaned of soil stabilization additive immediately after use. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 31. Install two caps (Figure 16, Items 11 and 3) on suction hose (Figure 16, Item 2).
2 2

11

Figure 16. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use. 32. 33. Stow hose (WP 0078). Stow 2" coupling cam (Figure 17, Item 8), 3" coupling cam (Figure 17, Item 6), and reducer (Figure 17, Item 7) in stowage box (Figure 17, Item 5).

0010-12

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

0010

Figure 17. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.

CAUTION
Use caution during spraying applications. Dust control agents when sprayed or splashed on vehicles, or other personal property is difficult to remove if allowed to dry. Wash contaminated property immediately before material dries. 34. 35. Perform mission as required. When mission is completed, clean water distributor (WP 0083).

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0010-13/14 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE FILL WATER DISTRIBUTOR FROM OVERHEAD SOURCE

0011

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

FILL WATER DISTRIBUTOR FROM OVERHEAD SOURCE

NOTE
If overhead water source is not available, load tank at strainer with system pump and 3" hose (WP 0020), load tank at strainer with external pump ( P 0021), or load tank at with W external 2.5" and 5" hoses (WP 0022). Ensure that all valves are in closed position. 1. 2. Position vehicle as close to water source as possible. Unstow folding handrail (WP 0077).

WARNING
Manhole cover does not lock open. Injury may occur if manhole cover accidentally closes on personnel. 3. Open manhole cover (Figure 1, Item 1) by turning t-handle latch (Figure 1, Item 2) counter clockwise.

Figure 1. Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source. 4. Insert water delivery source into manhole (Figure 2, Item 3).

0011-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 FILL WATER DISTRIBUTOR FROM OVERHEAD SOURCE - Continued

3 4

0011

Figure 2. Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source. 5. 6. 7. Fill water distributor (Figure 2, Item 4). When water distributor (Figure 2, Item 4) is filled remove water delivery source. Close manhole cover (Figure 3, Item 1) and secure by turning T-handle latch (Figure 3, Item 2) clockwise until tight.

Figure 3. Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source. 8. Stow folding handrail (WP 0077).

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0011-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE UNIVERSAL POWER INTERFACE KIT (UPIK) CONNECT/DISCONNECT

0012

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

CONNECT UPIK TO PRIME MOVER FROM PRIME MOVER 1. 2. Load water distributor on prime mover. (TM 9-2320-364-10) Remove harness connector cap (Figure 1, Item 3) from UPIK connection point (Figure 1, Item 4).

Figure 1. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove cover (Figure 1, Item 1) from air fitting (Figure 1, Item 2). Remove cover (Figure 1, Item 8) from air line (Figure 1, Item 7). Remove connector cap (Figure 1, Item 6) from UPIK harness connector (Figure 1, Item 5). Connect air line (Figure 2, Item 7) to air fitting (Figure 2, Item 2).

0012-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONNECT UPIK TO PRIME MOVER FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

4, 5

Figure 2. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover.

CAUTION
UPIK harness is match marked for ease of connection. Ensure that UPIK harness is aligned during connection. Failure to comply may cause damage to pins in harness. 7. 8. Connect UPIK harness connector (Figure 2, Item 5) to UPIK connection point (Figure 2, Item 4). Route UPIK harness (Figure 3, Item 9) through wire trough (Figure 3, Item 10).

10

Figure 3. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover. 9. Route UPIK harness (Figure 4, Item 9) through front shackle (Figure 4, Item 11).

0012-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONNECT UPIK TO PRIME MOVER FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

11

Figure 4. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover. END OF TASK DISCONNECT UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER 1. Disconnect UPIK harness connector (Figure 5, Item 5) from UPIK connection point (Figure 5, Item 4).

4, 5

Figure 5. Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover. 2. 3. Disconnect air line (Figure 5, Item 7) from air fitting (Figure 5, Item 2). Install connector cap (Figure 6, Item 6) on UPIK harness connector (Figure 6, Item 5).

0012-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCONNECT UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

Figure 6. Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover. 4. 5. 6. Install cover (Figure 6, Item 8) on air line (Figure 6, Item 7). Install cover (Figure 6, Item 1) on air fitting (Figure 6, Item 2). Install harness connector cap (Figure 6, Item 3) on UPIK connection point (Figure 6, Item 4).

END OF TASK CONNECT TRAILER UPIK TO PRIME MOVER 1. Load water distributor on trailer. (TM 9-2320-364-10)

CAUTION
Red markings on UPIK harness is used as indicators for routing. Failure to properly route UPIK harness may result in damage to harness during operation. 2. Route UPIK harness (Figure 7, Item 3) through two hooks (Figure 7, Item 1) over fuel tank (Figure 7, Item 2).

0012-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONNECT TRAILER UPIK TO PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

Figure 7. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover. 3. Route UPIK harness (Figure 8, Item 3) through cable retainer (Figure 8, Item 4).

Figure 8. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover. 4. Route UPIK harness (Figure 9, Item 3) through rear shackle (Figure 9, Item 5).

0012-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONNECT TRAILER UPIK TO PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

Figure 9. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover. 5. Route UPIK harness (Figure 10, Item 3) through wire trough (Figure 10, Item 6).

Figure 10. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover. 6. Route UPIK harness (Figure 11, Item 3) through front shackle (Figure 11, Item 7).

0012-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONNECT TRAILER UPIK TO PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

Figure 11. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover. 7. Remove harness connector cap (Figure 12, Item 10) from UPIK connection point (Figure 12, Item 11).

10

11

15 14

13

12

Figure 12. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover. 8. 9. 10. 11. Remove cover (Figure 12, Item 8) from air fitting (Figure 12, Item 9). Remove cover (Figure 12, Item 15) from air line (Figure 12, Item 14). Remove connector cap (Figure 12, Item 13) from UPIK harness connector (Figure 12, Item 12). Connect air line (Figure 13, Item 14) to air fitting (Figure 13, Item 9).

0012-7

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONNECT TRAILER UPIK TO PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

14

11, 12

Figure 13. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.

CAUTION
UPIK harness is match marked for ease of connection. Ensure that UPIK harness is aligned during connection. Failure to comply may cause damage to pins in harness. 12. Connect UPIK harness connector (Figure 13, Item 12) to UPIK connection point (Figure 13, Item 11).

END OF TASK DISCONNECT TRAILER UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER 1. Disconnect UPIK harness connector (Figure 14, Item 12) from UPIK connection point (Figure 14 , Item 11).

14

11, 12

Figure 14. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover. 2. 3. Disconnect air line (Figure 14, Item 14) from air fitting (Figure 14, Item 9). Install connector cap (Figure 15, Item 13) on UPIK harness connector (Figure 15, Item 12).

0012-8

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCONNECT TRAILER UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

10

11

15 14

13

12

Figure 15. Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install cover (Figure 15, Item 15) on air line (Figure 15, Item 14). Install cover (Figure 15, Item 8) on air fitting (Figure 15, Item 9). Install harness connector cap (Figure 15, Item 10) on UPIK connection point (Figure 15, Item 11). Route UPIK harness (Figure 16, Item 3) through front shackle (Figure 16, Item 7).

Figure 16. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover. 8. Remove UPIK harness (Figure 17, Item 3) from wire trough (Figure 17, Item 6).

0012-9

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCONNECT TRAILER UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

Figure 17. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover. 9. Route UPIK harness (Figure 18, Item 3) through rear shackle (Figure 18, Item 5).

Figure 18. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover. 10. Remove UPIK harness (Figure 19, Item 3) from cable retainer (Figure 19, Item 4).

0012-10

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCONNECT TRAILER UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

Figure 19. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover. 11. Remove UPIK harness (Figure 20, Item 3) from two hooks (Figure 20, Item 1) over fuel tank (Figure 20, Item 2).

Figure 20. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover. 12. Unload water distributor from trailer. (TM 9-2320-364-10)

END OF TASK CONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX TO CAB OF PRIME MOVER 1. Remove cab control box (Figure 21, Item 1) from stowage box (Figure 21, Item 2).

0012-11

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX TO CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

Figure 21. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover. 2. Remove harness connector cap (Figure 22, Item 3) from connection point (Figure 22, Item 4).

0012-12

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX TO CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

3, 4

Figure 22. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover. 3. Remove cab control box harness cap (Figure 23, Item 5) from wire harness (Figure 23, Item 6).
5 6

Figure 23. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.

CAUTION
Cab control box harness is match marked for ease of connection. Ensure that cab control box harness is aligned during connection. Failure to comply may cause damage to pins in harness. 4. Connect wire harness (Figure 24, Item 4) to connection point (Figure 24, Item 6).

0012-13

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX TO CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

4, 6

0012

Figure 24. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover. END OF TASK DISCONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER 1. Disconnect cab control wire harness (Figure 25, Item 6) from connection point (Figure 25, Item 4).
4, 6

Figure 25. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover. 2. Install cab control box harness cap (Figure 26, Item 5) on wire harness (Figure 26, Item 6).

0012-14

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued
5 6

0012

Figure 26. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover. 3. Install harness connector cap (Figure 27, Item 3) on connection point (Figure 27, Item 4).

3, 4

Figure 27. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover. 4. Replace cab control box (Figure 28, Item 1) in stowage box (Figure 28, Item 2).

0012-15

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

0012

Figure 28. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0012-16

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE DISCHARGE FROM GRAVITY SPRINKLER BAR

0013

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

DISCHARGE FROM GRAVITY SPRINKLER BAR 1. 2. Mount water distributor on PLS truck or trailer. (TM 9-2320-364-10) Fill water distributor (WP 0011).

NOTE
The Gravity Sprinkler Bar is not recommended for use with soil stabilization additives. Valve can be opened to desired position to regulate the amount of flow to be discharged from gravity sprinkler bar. 3. Open valve V8 (Figure 1, Item 1) to desired position. 1

Figure 1. Discharge From Gravity Sprinkler Bar. 4. 5. Continue with mission. Once mission is complete close valve V8 (Figure 1, Item1).

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0013-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT

0014

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT

NOTE
Sprinkler heads are capable of being adjusted up, down, right, left, clockwise, or counterclockwise. Both sprinkler heads are adjusted the same way. Left side sprinkler is shown. Water Distributor is capable of spraying at different widths. Figures 2 through 5 show sprinkler head adjustments for approximately 2 ft, 20 ft, 40 ft and 80 ft spray widths. 1. To adjust sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) up, or down, loosen two set screws (Figure 1, Item 7) and collar (Figure 1, Item 6).

3 1 2

4 5 6 7

Figure 1. Sprinkler Head Adjustment. 2. 3. 4. 5. Once sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) is in desired position, secure by tightening collar (Figure 1, Item 6) and two set screws (Figure 1, Item 7). To adjust sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) right, or left, loosen two set screws (Figure 1, Item 4) and collar (Figure 1, Item 5). Once sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) is in desired position, secure by tightening collar (Figure 1, Item 5) and two set screws (Figure 1, Item 4). To adjust sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) clockwise, or counterclockwise, loosen two set screws (Figure 1, Item 2) and collar (Figure 1, Item 3).

0014-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT - Continued 6.

0014

Once sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) is in desired position, secure by tightening collar (Figure 1, Item 3) and two set screws (Figure 1, Item 2).

Figure 2. 2 Ft. Width.

Figure 3. 20 Ft. Width.

0014-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT - Continued

0014

Figure 4. 40 Ft. Width.

0014-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT - Continued

0014

Figure 5. 80 Ft. Width. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0014-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY

0015

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task. For normal operating pressures, refer to WP0002, Table 1. 1. 2. Fill water distributor (WP 0011). Ensure that water pump is primed (WP 0019).

NOTE
Water distributor is equipped with two nozzles. 3. Unstow shapertip nozzle (Figure 1, Item 2) or fog nozzle (Figure 1, Item 3) from stowage box (Figure 1, Item 1).

2 3

Figure 1. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 4. Remove red cap (Figure 2, Item 5) from water turret (Figure 2, Item 4).

0015-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

4 5

0015

Figure 2. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

NOTE
Both nozzles are installed the same way. Shapertip nozzle is shown. 5. Install shapertip nozzle (Figure 3, Item 2) or fog nozzle (Figure 3, Item 3) on water turret (Figure 3, Item 4).

Figure 3. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 6. Open valve V1 (Figure 4, Item 6).

0015-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

0015

Figure 4. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 7. Open control panel cover (Figure 5, Item 7) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 5, Item 8).
7 8

Figure 5. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 8. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 6, Item 10).

0015-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

0015

10

Figure 6. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. Do not let engine pump run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 9. 10. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 6, Item 9) until engine is started. Unlock water turret (Figure 7, Item 4) from stowed position by turning lock knob (Figure 7, Item 11) and lock handle (Figure 7, Item 12) counterclockwise.

0015-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

11 4 12

0015

Figure 7. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of water distributor during spraying operations. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 11. Slowly open valve V6 (Figure 8, Item 13).

13

Figure 8. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 12. Adjust engine rpm (Figure 9, Item 14) by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 6, Item 16).

0015-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

0015

14

15 16

Figure 9. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

CAUTION
Ensure that engine speed is more than 1500 rpm. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 13. 14. When engine rpm (Figure 9, Item 14) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 9, Item 15) to set rpm. Perform discharge procedure.

NOTE
Perform Step (15) if fog nozzle is being used to adjust spray pattern. 15. Rotate fog nozzle (Figure 10, Item 3) clockwise, or counterclockwise to adjust spray pattern.

Figure 10. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

0015-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

0015

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 16. When discharge procedure is complete, press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 11, Item 17) to the IDLE position to return engine rpm (Figure 11, Item 14) to idle speed.

14

17
Figure 11. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 17. Close valve V6 (Figure 12, Item 13).

13

Figure 12. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 18. Press engine START/STOP switch (Figure 13, Item 9) to stop position to shut down engine.

0015-7

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

0015

10

Figure 13. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 19. 20. Press emergency stop button (Figure 13, Item 10) in. Return water turret (Figure 14, Item 4) to stowed position and secure by turning lock handle (Figure 14, Item 12) and lock knob (Figure 14, Item 11) clockwise.
11 4 12

Figure 14. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 21. Close control panel cover (Figure 15, Item 7) and secure using rubber t-handle (Figure 15, Item 8).

0015-8

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

7 8

0015

Figure 15. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 22. Remove shapertip nozzle (Figure 16, Item 2) or fog nozzle (Figure 16, Item 3) from water turret (Figure 16, Item 4).

Figure 16. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 23. Install red cap (Figure 17, Item 5) on water turret (Figure 17, Item 4).

0015-9

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

4 5

0015

Figure 17. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. 24. Stow shapertip nozzle (Figure 18, Item 2) or fog nozzle (Figure 18, Item 3) in stowage box (Figure 18, Item 1).

2 3

Figure 18. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0015-10

TM 5-3825-270-10 FIELD MAINTENANCE DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES

0016

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES FROM PLATFORM 1. Mount water distributor on PLS truck or trailer. (TM 9-2320-364-10)

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task. For normal operating pressures, refer to WP0002, Table 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Fill water distributor (WP 0011). Ensure that water pump is primed (WP 0019). Connect universal power interface kit (UPIK) (WP 0012). Open valve V1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

Figure 1. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform. 6. Open control panel cover (Figure 2, Item 2) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 2, Item 3).

0016-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES FROM PLATFORM - Continued

2 3

0016

Figure 2. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform. 7. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 3, Item 6).
4 5

Figure 3. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform.

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.

0016-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES FROM PLATFORM - Continued Do not allow engine pump run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 8. 9.

0016

Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 3, Item 4) until engine is started. Adjust engine rpm (Figure 3, Item 5) by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 3, Item 8).

CAUTION
Ensure that engine speed is more than 1,500 rpm. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 10. 11. When engine rpm (Figure 3, Item 5) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 3, Item 7) to set rpm. Place RH sprinkler switch (Figure 4, Item 10) to the ON position.
9 10

Figure 4. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform. 12. 13. 14. 15. Place LH sprinkler switch (Figure 4, Item 9) to the ON position. Continue with mission as required. When mission is complete, place RH sprinkler switch (Figure 4, Item 10) to the OFF position. Place LH sprinkler switch (Figure 4, Item 9) to the OFF position.

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 16. Press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 5, Item 11) to the IDLE position to return engine rpm (Figure 5, Item 5) to idle speed.

0016-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES FROM PLATFORM - Continued

4 5

0016

11

Figure 5. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform. 17. 18. 19. Press engine START/STOP switch (Figure 5, Item 4) to stop position to shut down engine. Press emergency stop button (Figure 5, Item 6) in. Close control panel cover (Figure 6, Item 2) and secure using rubber t-handle (Figure 6, Item 3).
2 3

Figure 6. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform. 20. Close valve V1 (Figure 7, Item 1).

0016-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES FROM PLATFORM - Continued

0016

Figure 7. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform. 21. Disconnect universal power interface kit (UPIK) (WP 0012).

END OF TASK OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER

CAUTION
Disconnect UPIK harness as soon as mission is complete. Failure to comply may result in damage to UPIK harness. UPIK harness is to be connected only during operation of water distributor while on trailer or vehicle. Driving over adverse conditions may result in damage to UPIK harness. Do not operate prime mover in reverse with UPIK harness connected to trailer. Failure to comply may result in damage to UPIK harness. Do not allow engine pump run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.

NOTE
Before operating water distributor from cab of prime mover ensure that all necessary switches on platform control panel are set to the "CAB CONTROL" position. Ensure that emergency stop button is pulled out. Ensure that there is enough product in water distributor to complete mission. 1. 2. 3. Fill water distributor (WP 0011). Ensure UPIK and cab control box are properly connected (WP 0012). Open valve V1 (Figure 8, Item 1).

0016-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

0016

Figure 8. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover. 4. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine START/STOP switch (Figure 9, Item 2) until engine is started.
2 3

Figure 9. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover. 5. 6. 7. Adjust pump engine rpm (Figure 9, Item 3) by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 9, Item 5). When pump engine rpm (Figure 9, Item 3) is to desired setting press the set switch (Figure 9, Item 4) in to set rpm. Refer to application charts (Figures 10, 11, and 12) for water distributor and prime mover settings as required by mission.

0016-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

0016

Transfer Case Low First Gear

Pump Speed 1500 1800 1500 1800

WD3000 APPLICATION RATE CHART

Gallons Per Square Foot

800 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 1.2 mph 668 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 1.2 mph
2 0.880 1.078 10 0.176 0.216 0.315 0.401 20 0.088 0.108 0.157 0.201 Spray Width, Feet 30 40 50 0.059 0.044 0.072 0.054 0.105 0.079 0.063 0.134 0.100 0.080 60 70 80

One Nozzle Two Nozzle

0.052 0.067

0.045 0.057

0.039 0.050

First Gear
Pump Speed 1500 1800 1500 1800

1200 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 2.0 mph 1134 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 2.0 mph
2 0.519 0.636 10 0.104 0.127 0.197 0.237 20 0.052 0.064 0.099 0.118 Spray Width, Feet 30 40 50 0.035 0.026 0.042 0.032 0.066 0.049 0.039 0.079 0.059 0.047 60 70 80

One Nozzle Two Nozzle

0.033 0.039

0.028 0.034

0.025 0.030

First Gear
Pump Speed 1500 1800 1500 1800

1500 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 2.5 mph 1370 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 2.5 mph
2 0.421 0.515 10 0.084 0.103 0.160 0.192 20 0.042 0.052 0.080 0.096 Spray Width, Feet 30 40 50 0.028 0.021 0.034 0.026 0.053 0.040 0.032 0.064 0.048 0.038 60 70 80

Figure 10. Application Chart. (Front).

0016-7

5252303

One Nozzle Two Nozzle

0.027 0.032

0.023 0.027

0.020 0.024

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued 8.

0016

Transfer Case High First Gear

Pump Speed 1500 1800 1500 1800

WD3000 APPLICATION RATE CHART

Gallons Per Square Foot

800 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 2.9 mph 669 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 2.9 mph
2 0.368 0.451 10 0.074 0.090 0.132 0.168 20 0.037 0.045 0.066 0.084 Spray Width, Feet 30 40 50 0.025 0.018 0.030 0.023 0.044 0.033 0.026 0.056 0.042 0.034 60 70 80

One Nozzle Two Nozzle

0.022 0.028

0.019 0.024

0.016 0.021

First Gear
Pump Speed 1500 1800 1500 1800

1200 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 4.8 mph 1042 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 4.8 mph
2 0.221 0.271 10 0.044 0.054 0.084 0.101 20 0.022 0.027 0.042 0.050 Spray Width, Feet 30 40 50 0.015 0.011 0.018 0.014 0.028 0.021 0.017 0.034 0.025 0.020 60 70 80

One Nozzle Two Nozzle

0.014 0.017

0.012 0.014

0.010 0.013

First Gear
Pump Speed 1500 1800 1500 1800

1500 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 6.5 mph 1350 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 6.5 mph
2 0.164 0.200 10 0.033 0.040 0.062 0.075 20 0.016 0.020 0.031 0.037 Spray Width, Feet 30 40 50 0.011 0.008 0.013 0.010 0.021 0.016 0.012 0.025 0.019 0.015 60 70 80

Figure 11. Application Chart. (Rear).

0016-8

5252303

One Nozzle Two Nozzle

0.010 0.012

0.009 0.011

0.008 0.009

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

0016

Figure 12. Typical Sprinkler Nozzle Water Delivery

NOTE
To prevent from product waste or making puddles, ensure that prime mover is moving prior to turning on left or right sprinklers. 9. Operate left sprinklers (Figure 13, Item 8) by pressing up on LH sprinkler switch (Figure 13, Item 6).
8 6 7 9

Figure 13. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover. 10. 11. Operate right sprinklers (Figure 13, Item 9) by pressing up on RH sprinkler switch (Figure 13, Item 7). Continue with mission. 0016-9

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

0016

NOTE
To prevent product waste or making puddles, ensure that prime mover is moving prior to turning off left or right sprinklers. 12. 13. When mission is complete, shut off left sprinkler (Figure 13, Item 8) by pressing LH sprinkler switch (Figure 13, Item 6) to the OFF position. Shut OFF right sprinkler (Figure 13, Item 9) by pressing RH sprinkler switch (Figure 13, Item 7) to the OFF position.

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 14. Press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 14, Item 10) to the IDLE position to return pump engine rpm (Figure 14, Item 3) to idle speed.

10
Figure 14. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover. 15. 16. Shut water distributor engine OFF by pressing down on START/STOP switch (Figure 14, Item 2). Close valve V1 (Figure 15, Item 1).

Figure 15. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover. 17. Disconnect and stow cab control box (WP 0012).

0016-10

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued 18. Disconnect universal power interface kit (UPIK) (WP 0012).

0016

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0016-11/12 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY

0017

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task. For normal operating pressures, refer to WP0002, Table 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. Fill water distributor (WP 0011). Ensure that water pump is primed (WP 0019). Unstow hose from hose reel (WP 0078). Open valve V1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

Figure 1. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly. 5. Open control panel cover (Figure 2, Item 2) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 2, Item 3).

0017-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

2 3

0017

Figure 2. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly. 6. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 3, Item 6).
4 5 6

Figure 3. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.

0017-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

0017

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. Do not let engine run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 7. 8. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 3, Item 4) until engine is started. Adjust engine rpm (Figure 3, Item 5) by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 3, Item 8).

CAUTION
Ensure that engine speed is more than 1500 rpm. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 9. 10. When engine rpm (Figure 3, Item 5) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 3, Item 7) to set rpm. Open valve V7 (Figure 4, Item 9).

Figure 4. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.

WARNING
Use caution when opening hose nozzle to begin discharge procedure. Water is under high pressure. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 11. Turn hose nozzle (Figure 5, Item 10) clockwise to desired spray pattern and continue mission.

0017-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

0017

10

Figure 5. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly. 12. 13. Once mission is complete, shut off hose nozzle (Figure 5, Item 10) by turning counter clockwise. Close valve V7 (Figure 6, Item 9).

Figure 6. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 14. Press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 7, Item 11) to the IDLE position to return engine rpm (Figure 7, Item 5) to idle speed.

0017-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

4 5 6

0017

11

Figure 7. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly. 15. 16. 17. Press engine START/STOP switch (Figure 7, Item 4) to stop position to shut down engine. Press emergency stop button (Figure 7, Item 6) in. Close control panel cover (Figure 8, Item 2) and secure using rubber t-handle (Figure 8, Item 3).

0017-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

2 3

0017

Figure 8. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly. 18. Close valve V1 (Figure 9, Item 1).

Figure 9. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.

0017-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued 19. Stow hose (WP 0078).

0017

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0017-7/8 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE

0018

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE

NOTE
Ladder may be needed to perform the following task. Use caution if circulating soil stabilization additive as excessive tank foaming can occur. Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task. 1. Open valve V1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

Figure 1. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse. 2. Open valve V5 (Figure 2, Item 2).

0018-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE - Continued

0018

Figure 2. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse. 3. Open control panel cover (Figure 3, Item 3) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 3, Item 4).

Figure 3. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse. 4. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 4, Item 10).

0018-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE - Continued

5 6

0018

10

Figure 4. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse.

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. Do not let engine run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 5. 6. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 4, Item 5) until engine is started. Adjust engine rpm (Figure 4, Item 6) by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 4, Item 8).

CAUTION
Ensure that engine speed is more than 1500 rpm. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 7. When engine rpm (Figure 4, Item 6) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 4, Item 7) to set rpm .

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 8. 9. 10. When circulation procedure is complete, press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 4, Item 9) to the IDLE position to return engine rpm (Figure 4, Item 6) to idle speed. Shut water distributor engine off by pressing down on start/stop switch (Figure 4, Item 5). Push in on emergency stop button (Figure 4, Item 10). 0018-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE - Continued 11. Close control panel cover (Figure 5, Item 3) and secure with rubber t-handle (Figure 5, Item 4).

0018

Figure 5. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse. 12. Close valve V5 (Figure 6, Item 2).

Figure 6. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse. 13. Close valve V1 (Figure 7, Item 1).

0018-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE - Continued

0018

Figure 7. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0018-5/6 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP

0019

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP

NOTE
Priming water pump is only necessary when the system will be used to draft water with floating strainer, has less than 300 gal (1,135 L) of water in tank or has been fully drained for cold weather. Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in closed position before performing this task. 1. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 1) from connection point C1 (Figure 1, Item 2).
1 2

Figure 1. Prime Fully Drained Pump. 2. Remove cap (Figure 2, Item 3) from connection point C5 (Figure 2, Item 4).

0019-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP - Continued

0019

Figure 2. Prime Fully Drained Pump. 3. Prime water pump (Figure 3, Item 5) by pouring five to ten gal (18.9 to 37.8 L) of clean water down prime hose (Figure 3, Item 6) or until water flows from connection point C1 (Figure 3, Item 2).

0019-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP - Continued

0019

Figure 3. Prime Fully Drained Pump. 4. Install cap (Figure 4, Item 3) on connection point C5 (Figure 4, Item 4).

0019-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP - Continued

0019

Figure 4. Prime Fully Drained Pump. 5. Install cap (Figure 5, Item 1) on connection point C1 (Figure 5, Item 2).
1 2

Figure 5. Prime Fully Drained Pump. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0019-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND 3" HOSE

0020

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in closed position before performing this task. 1. 2. Ensure that water pump is primed (WP 0019). Position Water Distributor as close to water source as possible.

NOTE
Water sources with at least 4 ft depth will allow optimum tank loading performance and fewer problems with air and debris entering floating strainer while loading tank. Water sources that are not at least 4 ft deep should be avoided because they will require reduced pumping rates and more attention to achieve a successful loading mission. 3. 4. 5. Unstow hoses (WP 0078). Unstow floating strainer (WP 0079). Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 2) from floating strainer (Figure 1, Item 1).

2
Figure 1. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 6. Remove cap(s) (Figure 2, Item 4) from suction hose(s) (Figure 2, Item 3).

0020-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

0020

Figure 2. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.

NOTE
Use of a single suction hose will allow faster loading if water depth and close positioning of water distributor near water source is possible. Use both hoses when strainer must be placed further out from edge of water source to find deeper water. 7. Connect suction hose(s) (Figure 3, Item 3) to floating strainer (Figure 3, Item 1).
1

Figure 3. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 8. Remove cap (Figure 4, Item 5) from connection point C1 (Figure 4, Item 6).

0020-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

0020

Figure 4. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 9. Position suction hose (Figure 5, Item 3) and floating strainer (Figure 5, Item 1) in water source. In shallow water conditions, pre-fill hoses with water by holding open end down near water to allow air to escape as water enters from strainer.

WATER SOURCE

3 1

Figure 5. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 10. Route suction hose (Figure 6, Item 3) to water distributor connection point C1 (Figure 6, Item 6) so there is a continuous increase in hose elevation from the water source and no high spots that present air bubble traps.

0020-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

0020

Figure 6. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.

NOTE
Air must be able to float continuously up suction hose toward water distributor pump while loading tank to avoid loss of pumping action when accumulated "slugs" of air pull through. 11. 12. Connect suction hose (Figure 6, Item 3) to connection point C1 (Figure 6, Item 6). Before locking connector levers, rotate hose if necessary so floating strainer is level in water rather than tipping sideways. Open valve V5 (Figure 7, Item 7).

0020-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

0020

Figure 7. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 13. Open control panel cover (Figure 8, Item 8) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 8, Item 9).
8 9

Figure 8. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 14. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 9, Item 12).

0020-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued
10 11 12

0020

14

13

Figure 9. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. Do not let engine run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 15. 16. 17. 18. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 9, Item 10) until engine is started. Increase engine speed (Figure 9, Item 11) to 1800 RPM by pressing up on rpm switch (Figure 9, Item 14). Once engine RPM (Figure 9, Item 11) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 9, Item 13). As pump starts to draw water in floating strainer, monitor water pump inlet gauge (Figure 10, Item 15) and outlet pressure gauge (Figure 10, Item 16) and water strainer. Inlet vacuum should increase to at least 15"Hg and outlet pressure should begin to rise as water is pulled up hose, through pump, and begins to flow in tank.

0020-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

0020

15

16

Figure 10. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.

NOTE
If floating strainer continues to suck air when attempting loading operations, inlet gauge will not increase vacuum sufficiently and outlet gauge will not show pressure increase. It may be necessary to pull suction hose and strainer toward the edge of water source enough to hold down hose and submerge floating strainer until water begins to load all the way to tank. Once purged of air, floating strainer will float deeper and allow hose to be again pushed in water further. This is more likely to be required when loading from shallow water. 19. When water begins to load steadily, it may be necessary to reduce flow rate if inlet gauge (Figure 10, Item 15) shows excessive inlet vacuum (more than -25"Hg). This is accomplished by partially closing valve V5 (Figure 10, Item 7) until inlet gauge reading is less than -25"Hg and outlet gauge (Figure 10, Item 16) reading shows increased pressure (up to 50 psi) which makes the pump deliver water to tank slower.

NOTE
Inlet gauge will continue to show excessive inlet vacuum even at slow water pumping rates when debris must be removed from floating strainer or system strainer at connection point C1. 20. If strainer shows a large whirlpool in water where air is being pulled down, it may be necessary to reduce flow rate even further by the same method. Reduce flow using valve V5 (Figure 10, Item 7) until the whirlpool at the strainer is eliminated, very small (pencil size), or only appears for short intervals.

0020-7

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

0020

CAUTION
Continuous pump operation with large amounts of air entrainment or excessive inlet vacuum can lead to pump damage. 21. When loading procedure is complete, press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 11, Item 17) to the IDLE position to return engine rpm (Figure 11, Item 11) to idle speed.
10 11 12

17

14

13

Figure 11. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 22. 23. Shut water distributor engine off by pressing down on start/stop switch (Figure 11, Item 10). Close valve V5 (Figure 12, Item 7).

0020-8

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

0020

Figure 12. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 24. Push in on emergency stop button (Figure 13, Item 12).
10 11 12

17

14

13

Figure 13. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 25. Close control panel cover (Figure 14, Item 8) and secure with rubber t-handle (Figure 14, Item 9).

0020-9

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued
8 9

0020

Figure 14. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 26. Remove suction hose (Figure 15, Item 3) and floating strainer (Figure 15, Item 1) from water source.

WATER SOURCE

3 1

Figure 15. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 27. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 16, Item 3) from connection point C1 (Figure 16, Item 6).

0020-10

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

0020

Figure 16. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 28. 29. Back flush (WP 0073) to clean any debris that may have accumulated in connection point C1 (Figure 16, Item 6). Install cap (Figure 17, Item 5) on connection point C1 (Figure 17, Item 6).

Figure 17. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 30. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 18, Item 3) from floating strainer (Figure 18, Item 1).

0020-11

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued
1

0020

Figure 18. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 31. Install cap (Figure 19, Item 2) on floating strainer (Figure 19, Item 1).

2
Figure 19. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 32. Install cap (Figure 20, Item 4) on suction hose (Figure 20, Item 3).

0020-12

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

0020

Figure 20. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer. 33. 34. Stow floating strainer (WP 0079). Stow hoses (WP 0078).

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0020-13/14 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP

0021

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP

CAUTION
Do not exceed 50 psi inlet pressure while filling tank at connection point C1. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. Do not exceed 600 GPM fill rate from external pressure source. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task. 1. 2. Unstow hoses (WP 0078). Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 3) from connection point C1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

0021-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP - Continued

0021

Figure 1. Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove caps (Figure 1, Item 2) from suction hoses (Figure 1, Item 4). Connect suction hose (Figure 1, Item 4) to connection point C1 (Figure 1, Item 1). Attach suction hose (Figure 1, Item 4) to suitable pump. Open valve V1 (Figure 2, Item 5).

0021-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP - Continued

0021

Figure 2. Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump. 7. Pump water into water distributor.

NOTE
Tank is full when water escapes from tank vent, tank gauge reads 3000 gallons (11,356 L), or tank full light comes on at control panel. 8. 9. Once water distributor is filled to desired capacity, close valve V1 (Figure 2, Item 5). Disconnect suction hose (Figure 3, Item 4) from connection point C1 (Figure 3, Item 1).

0021-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP - Continued

0021

Figure 3. Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump. 10. 11. 12. 13. Install caps (Figure 3, Item 2) on suction hoses (Figure 3, Item 4). Install cap (Figure 3, Item 3) on connection point C1 (Figure 3, Item 1). Disconnect suction hose (Figure 3, Item 4) from suitable pump. Stow hoses (WP 0078).

END OF TASK LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task. 1. 2. 3. Unstow hoses (WP 0078). Ensure that water pump is primed (WP 0019). Remove cap (Figure 4, Item 3) from connection point C1 (Figure 4, Item 1).

0021-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

0021

2
Figure 4. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.

4. 5. 6.

Remove cap (Figure 4, Item 2) from suction hose (Figure 4, Item 4). Connect suction hose (Figure 4, Item 4) to connection point C1 (Figure 4, Item 1). Remove cap (Figure 5, Item 5) from suction hose (Figure 5, Item 6).

7
Figure 5. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 7. Remove cap (Figure 5, Item 7) from suction hose (Figure 5, Item 4).

0021-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued 8. 9. Connect suction hose (Figure 5, Item 4) to suction hose (Figure 5, Item 6). Using fire hydrant wrench, remove cap (Figure 6, Item 8) from fire hydrant (Figure 6, Item 9).
FIRE HYDRANT WRENCH 8 9

0021

Figure 6. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 10. Using fire hose wrench, connect fire hydrant adapter (Figure 7, Item 10) to fire hydrant (Figure 7, Item 9).

FIRE HOSE WRENCH

10
Figure 7. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 11. Remove cap (Figure 8, Item 11) from suction hose (Figure 8, Item 6).

0021-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

0021

10

11
Figure 8. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 12. 13. Connect suction hose (Figure 8, Item 6) to fire hydrant adapter (Figure 8, Item 10). Open valve V1 (Figure 9, Item 12).

12

Figure 9. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.

0021-7

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

0021

CAUTION
Hydrant valve must not be opened beyond pressure capability on water distributor connection C1. Do not exceed 50 psi. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 14. Using fire hydrant wrench, open valve screw (Figure 10, Item 13) on fire hydrant (Figure 10, Item 9) slowly to allow water to flow while watching inlet pressure gauge (Figure 10, Item 14) at control panel.

14 9 13

FIRE HYDRANT WRENCH

Figure 10. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 15. Close valve V1 (Figure 11, Item 12).

0021-8

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

0021

12

Figure 11. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 16. Using fire hydrant wrench, tighten screw (Figure 12, Item 13) on fire hydrant (Figure 12, Item 9) to shut off water flow.
6 10

13

FIRE HYDRANT WRENCH 11

Figure 12. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 17. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 12, Item 6) from fire hydrant adapter (Figure 12, Item 10).

0021-9

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued 18. 19. Install cap (Figure 12, Item 11) on suction hose (Figure 12, Item 6).

0021

Using fire hose wrench, remove fire hydrant adapter (Figure 13, Item 10) from fire hydrant (Figure 13, Item 9).

FIRE HOSE WRENCH

10
Figure 13. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 20. Using fire hydrant wrench, install cap (Figure 14, Item 8) on fire hydrant (Figure 14, Item 9).
FIRE HYDRANT WRENCH 8 9

Figure 14. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 21. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 15, Item 6) from suction hose (Figure 15, Item 4).

0021-10

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

0021

7
Figure 15. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 22. 23. 24. Install cap (Figure 15, Item 7) on suction hose (Figure 15, Item 4). Install cap (Figure 15, Item 5) on suction hose (Figure 15, Item 6). Disconnect suction hose (Figure 16, Item 4) from connection point C1 (Figure 16, Item 1).

Figure 16. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant. 25. Install cap (Figure 16, Item 2) on suction hose (Figure 16, Item 4).

0021-11

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued 26. 27. Install cap (Figure 16, Item 3) on connection point C1 (Figure 16, Item 1). Stow hoses (WP 0078).

0021

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0021-12

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE LOAD TANK WITH EXTERNAL 2.5" AND 5" HOSES

0022

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

LOAD TANK WITH EXTERNAL 2.5" HOSE

NOTE
Ensure all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task. Connection point C3 or C4 may be used to load tank. Connection point C4 is shown. 1. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 2) from connection point C4 (Figure 1, Item 3) and attach suitable 2.5" hose.

Figure 1. Load Tank With External 2.5" Hose. 2. Open valve V4 (Figure 1, Item 1).

0022-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD TANK WITH EXTERNAL 2.5" HOSE - Continued

0022

CAUTION
Do not allow water source to exceed 50 psi (345 kPa). Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 3. 4. When loading procedure is complete, close valve V4 (Figure 1, Item 1). Disconnect hose from connection point C4 (Figure 1, Item 3) and install cap (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK LOAD/UNLOAD TANK WITH 5" HOSE

NOTE
Ensure all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task. 1. Remove cap (Figure 2, Item 1) from connection point C4 (Figure 2, Item 2) and attach suitable 5" hose.

1, 2

Figure 2. Load Tank With 5" Hose. 2. 3. Open valve V2 (Figure 2, Item 3). When loading procedure is complete, close valve V2 (Figure 2, Item 3).

0022-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 LOAD/UNLOAD TANK WITH 5" HOSE - Continued 4. Disconnect hose from connection point C2 (Figure 2, Item 2) and install cap (Figure 2, Item 1).

0022

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0022-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP

0023

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP

WARNING
DO NOT stand in the path of the water when draining water from the water distributor. Injury to personnel could result from the force of the water being discharged from water distributor.

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task. 1. Remove connection point C1 cover (Figure 1, Item 1) from strainer inlet (Figure 1, Item 2).

3
Figure 1. Empty Tank Without Pump.

2. 3.

Remove connection point C3 cover (Figure 1, Item 3) from LH tank sump (Figure 1, Item 4). Remove connection point C2 cover (Figure 2, Item 5) from RH tank sump (Figure 2, Item 6).

0023-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP - Continued

0023

Figure 2. Empty Tank Without Pump. 4. 5. Remove connection point C4 cover (Figure 2, Item 8) from RH tank sump (Figure 2, Item 7). Open valve V1 (Figure 3, Item 10).

10

11

12

Figure 3. Empty Tank Without Pump. 6. 7. Open valve V3 (Figure 3, Item 9). Open valve V2 (Figure 3, Item 11).

0023-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP - Continued 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Open valve V4 (Figure 3, Item 12). When tank has finished draining, close valve V4 (Figure 3, Item 12). Close valve V2 (Figure 3, Item 11). Close valve V3 (Figure 3, Item 9). Close valve V1 (Figure 3, Item 10). Install connection point C4 cover (Figure 4, Item 8) on RH tank sump (Figure 4, Item 7).

0023

Figure 4. Empty Tank Without Pump. 14. 15. Install connection point C2 cover (Figure 4, Item 5) on RH tank sump (Figure 4, Item 6). Install connection point C3 cover (Figure 5, Item 3) on LH tank sump (Figure 5, Item 4).

3
Figure 5. Empty Tank Without Pump.

0023-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP - Continued 16. Install connection point C1 cover (Figure 5, Item 1) on strainer inlet (Figure 5, Item 2).

0023

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0023-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER

0024

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task. 1. 2. Load water distributor on PLS truck (WP 0007). Hookup Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) (WP 0012).

WARNING
DO NOT stand in the path of the water when draining water from the water distributor. Injury to personnel could result from the force of the water being discharged from water distributor. 3. Remove connection point C1 cover (Figure 1, Item 1) from strainer inlet (Figure 1, Item 2).

3
Figure 1. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.

4. 5.

Remove connection point C3 cover (Figure 1, Item 3) from LH tank sump (Figure 1, Item 4). Remove connection point C2 cover (Figure 2, Item 5) from RH tank sump (Figure 2, Item 6).

0024-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

0024

Figure 2. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 6. 7. Remove connection point C4 cover (Figure 2, Item 8) from RH tank sump (Figure 2, Item 7). Remove connection point C5 cover (Figure 3, Item 9) from water pump prime hose (Figure 3, Item 10).

10
Figure 3. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 8. Remove red cap (Figure 4, Item 11) from water turret (Figure 4, Item 12).

0024-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

0024

11

12

Figure 4. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 9. Open control panel cover (Figure 5, Item 13) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 5, Item 14).

13

14

Figure 5. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 10. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 6, Item 15).

0024-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

0024

15

Figure 6. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 11. Turn LH sprinkler switch (Figure 7, Item 16) to the ON position.
16 17

Figure 7. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 12. 13. Turn RH sprinkler switch (Figure 7, Item 17) to the ON position. Open valve V5 (Figure 8, Item 18).

0024-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

18

0024

Figure 8. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 14. Open valve V6 (Figure 9, Item 19).
19

Figure 9. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 15. Open valve V7 (Figure 10, Item 20).

20

Figure 10. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.

0024-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued 16. Open valve V1 (Figure 11, Item 22).

0024

21

22

Figure 11. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 17. 18. Open valve V3 (Figure 11, Item 21). Open valve V8 (Figure 12, Item 23).

0024-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

0024

23

24

25

Figure 12. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 19. 20. 21. 22. Open valve V2 (Figure 12, Item 24). Open valve V4 (Figure 12, Item 25). Completely unwind hose reel (WP 0078). Open hose reel nozzle (Figure 13, Item 26).
26

Figure 13. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 23. Open four petcock drains (Figure 14, Items 27, 28, 29 and 30).

0024-7

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

0024

30

28

27

29
Figure 14. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 24. 25. When tank has finished draining, close four petcock drains (Figure 14, Items 30, 29, 28 and 27). Close hose reel nozzle (Figure 15, Item 26).
26

Figure 15. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 26. 27. Wind up hose reel (WP 0078). Close valve V4 (Figure 16, Item 25).

0024-8

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

0024

23

24

25

Figure 16. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 28. 29. 30. Close valve V2 (Figure 16, Item 24). Close valve V8 (Figure 16, Item 23). Close valve V3 (Figure 17, Item 21).

0024-9

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

0024

21

22

Figure 17. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 31. 32. Close valve V1 (Figure 17, Item 22). Close valve V7 (Figure 18, Item 20).

20

Figure 18. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 33. Close valve V6 (Figure 19, Item 19).

0024-10

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

19

0024

Figure 19. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 34. Close valve V5 (Figure 20, Item 18).
18

Figure 20. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 35. Turn RH sprinkler switch (Figure 21, Item 17) to the OFF position.
16 17

Figure 21. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 36. Turn LH sprinkler switch (Figure 21, Item 16) to the OFF position. 0024-11

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued 37. Push in on emergency stop button (Figure 22, Item 15).

0024

15

Figure 22. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 38. Close control panel cover (Figure 23, Item 13) and secure with rubber t-handle (Figure 23, Item 14).

13

14

Figure 23. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 39. Install red cap (Figure 24, Item 11) on water turret (Figure 24, Item 12).

0024-12

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

0024

11

12

Figure 24. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 40. Install connection point C5 cover (Figure 25, Item 9) on water pump prime hose (Figure 25, Item 10).

10
Figure 25. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 41. Install connection point C4 cover (Figure 26, Item 8) on RH tank sump (Figure 26, Item 7).

0024-13

TM 5-3825-270-10 FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

0024

Figure 26. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather. 42. 43. Install connection point C2 cover (Figure 26, Item 5) on RH tank sump (Figure 26, Item 6). Install connection point C3 cover (Figure 27, Item 3) on LH tank sump (Figure 27, Item 4).

3
Figure 27. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.

44. 45. 46.

Install connection point C1 cover (Figure 27, Item 1) on strainer inlet (Figure 27, Item 2). Disconnect Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) (WP 0012). Unload water distributor from PLS truck (WP 0007).

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0024-14

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATING IN EXTREME HEAT

0025

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

OPERATING IN EXTREME HEAT

WARNING
When mission requires the system or unit operator and crew to remain stationary at an area or location in outside temperatures above 90F (32C), operator and crew must observe proper safety precautions to prevent heat stress injury. Refer to FM 21-10, Field Hygiene and Sanitation, and FM 4.25-11, First Aid for Soldiers, for proper precautions and preventive measures. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

NOTE
The water distributor is designed to operate in extreme heat. Water tank is vented to control the release of high temperature buildup within the water tank. 1. 2. Monitor engine temperature gauge (WP 0071) closely. If engine temperature gauge reads over 220F (104C), shut engine OFF immediately. Engine must be allowed to cool down before restarting. Monitor fluid levels (WP 0071) more frequently.

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0025-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATING IN EXTREME DUST

0026

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

OPERATING IN EXTREME DUST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Dusty areas will cause buildup within the engine/pump module housing. Ensure that both engine access panels are closed at all times. After operation, clean, inspect, and lubricate equipment. Due to the quick buildup of dust, clean, inspect, lubricate equipment, and change the engine oil more frequently than normal. In dusty conditions, because of excessive buildup, it may be necessary to clean and change the engine air filters more often than normal. It is also recommended to clean vents from accumulation of foreign material. Although not perceived to be a big threat, dust can be abrasive and scratch glass-like surfaces. It also can insulate internal components causing a potential for them to overheat. Thus, it is recommended to keep glasslike surfaces (i.e. control panels) covered as much as possible to prevent scratching, and to clean the water distributor after operating in dusty environments to remove the dust and prevent unforeseen failures.

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0026-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10

0027

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATING IN COLD ENVIRONMENT +45 DEGREES F TO +33 DEGREES F (+7 DEGREES C TO +1 DEGREES C)

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

OPERATING IN COLD ENVIRONMENT

WARNING

DO NOT touch extremely cold metal. Bare skin may freeze to cold metal. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Wear gloves when operating or handling metallic equipment that is wet or ice covered. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Exercise caution when working on the catwalk where snow or ice exists. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 1. 2. 3. 33 F (1 C ) and above. Water Distributor operations can proceed as normal when temperatures are within this range. 33 F (1 C ) and below. Fully drain water distributor (WP 0011) after use when temperatures are within this range. 31 F (-0.6 C) and below. The water distributor is not meant for use when temperatures are within this range.

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0027-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 3 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

0028

Troubleshooting Instructions This work package contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting some operating troubles which may develop with the water distributor. This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur, nor can it include all tests, inspections, and corrective actions. Notify maintenance personnel if a malfunction is not listed, unless a malfunction and cause are obvious or the malfunction can be corrected by a corrective action that is already listed. Battery Troubleshooting. When troubleshooting water distributor batteries ensure to safe guard against electric shock. When using wrench to connect/disconnect battery cables do not allow wrench to contact positive terminal and other metal. Procedures. The troubleshooting symptom index lists possible malfunctions that may be experienced during operation of equipment and components. Each malfunction for an individual component, unit, or system is followed by a list of tests and corrective actions. Lubrication. When instructions to lubricate, grease, oil, or add oil appear in the troubleshooting table, refer to the Field Level Maintenance lubrication chart. Visual Inspections. When inspecting hoses and lines for damage ensure to also inspect associated fittings for defects. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0028-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE

0029

TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX Malfunction/Symptom CONTROL PANEL TROUBLESHOOTING 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Battery Voltage Gauge Inoperative .......................................WP 0046 Battery Voltage Gauge Reads High Or Low .........................WP 0047 Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator Inoperative ......................WP 0048 Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator Stays Illuminated ............WP 0049 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Reads Low ...............................WP 0050 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Reads High ...............................WP 0051 No Power to Main Control Panel ...........................................WP 0045 Water Level High Indicator Does Not Illuminate ...................WP 0053 Water Level High Indicator Stays Illuminated .......................WP 0055 Water Level Low Indicator Does Not Illuminate ....................WP 0054 Water Level Low Indicator Stays Illuminated ........................WP 0056 Water Pump Inlet Gauge Inoperative ....................................WP 0052 Troubleshooting Procedure

ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 1. 2. Water Distributor Does Not Operate Remotely .....................WP 0044 Work Lights Do Not Operate .................................................WP 0043

ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Engine Cranks But Does Not Start ........................................WP 0031 Engine Does Not Crank ........................................................WP 0030 Engine Overheats .................................................................WP 0036 Engine Stalls .........................................................................WP 0032 Engine Will Not Increase RPM ..............................................WP 0033 Excessive Engine Noise ........................................................WP 0035 Excessive Engine Vibration ...................................................WP 0034

EXHAUST TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Abnormal Exhaust .................................................................WP 0037

0029-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - Continued Malfunction/Symptom PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Excessive Pump Noise .........................................................WP 0042 Excessive Water Pressure ....................................................WP 0039 Water Pump Does Not Operate ............................................WP 0038 Water Pressure Erratic ..........................................................WP 0041 Water Pressure Low ..............................................................WP 0040

0029

Troubleshooting Procedure

WATER STATION TROUBLESHOOTING 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Gravity Fed Sprinkler Bar Does Not Operate ........................WP 0059 Gravity Fed Sprinkler Bar Stream Low ..................................WP 0060 Sprinkler Head Pressure Low ...............................................WP 0062 Sprinkler Heads Do Not Operate ..........................................WP 0061 Manual Water Turret Does Not Operate ...............................WP 0057 Manual Water Turret Pressure Low ......................................WP 0058 Water Hose Inoperative ........................................................WP 0063 Water Hose Pressure Low ....................................................WP 0064

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0029-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK

0030

INITIAL SETUP: References Open/Close Battery Box Cover (WP 0081) References (cont.) Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) (WP 0071) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK STEP 1 Is EMERGENCY STOP switch rotated to on position and ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminated?

NOTE
Engine will not start and water distributor will not have power if emergency stop switch is pushed in to the off position. 1. Verify EMERGENCY STOP switch position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1. 2. Observe ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator.

0030-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0030

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is EMERGENCY STOP switch rotated to on position and ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminated? DECISION No - Rotate emergency stop switch to on position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does engine crank?) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?) STEP 2 Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

NOTE
The 15-amp circuit breaker works in conjunction with the emergency stop switch to control power to the control panel. If a power surge is detected, the 15-amp circuit breaker will trip prohibiting the emergency stop switch to supply power to the control panel and engine. Verify 15-amp circuit breaker position.

15-AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER

Figure 3. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

0030-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0030

DECISION No - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Are batteries properly connected and free of corrosion?) Yes - Reset 15-amp circuit breaker. Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does engine crank?) If 15 amp circuit breaker trips again after reset, do not attempt to reset. Notify maintenance personnel 15-amp circuit breaker is tripped. STEP 3 Are batteries properly connected and free of corrosion? 1. Remove battery box cover. (WP 0081) 2. Visually inspect batteries and battery cables to ensure proper connection and corrosion.

BATTERY CABLES

BATTERIES

Figure 4. Batteries And Battery Cables - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Are batteries properly connected and free of corrosion? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel to properly clean battery terminals and/or connect battery cables. Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does engine crank?) Yes - Go to step 4. (Step 4 - Does engine crank when slaved?) STEP 4 Does engine crank when slaved? If available, attempt to slave start engine with donor vehicle or portable starting aid. CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine crank when slaved? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel engine does not crank. Yes - Notify maintenance personnel batteries require servicing. STEP 5 Does engine crank? Attempt to start engine. (WP 0017)

0030-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine crank? DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine does not crank. Yes - Problem is solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0030

0030-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT START

0031

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) References (cont.) Fueling (WP 0008) Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) (WP 0071) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT START STEP 1 Is ambient air cold or has water distributor not been started for a long period of time?

NOTE
The water distributor is equipped with engine glow plugs to help warm engine fuel for starting. If ambient temperature is or has recently been approximately 32 F (0 C), multiple attempts at starting engine may be necessary. Attempt to start engine by holding engine start switch to ENGINE START position for no longer than 15 seconds at a time. (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Is ambient air cold or has water distributor not been started for a long period of time? DECISION No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Does water distributor have enough fuel to start engine?) Yes - Problem solved. STEP 2 Does water distributor have enough fuel to start engine? Visually inspect inside fuel tank for presence of fuel.

0031-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0031

FUEL TANK

Figure 1. Fuel Tank - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Does water distributor have enough fuel to start engine? DECISION No - Fill with fuel. (WP 0008) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does engine start?) Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction?) STEP 3 Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction? Visually check air filter restriction indicator.

AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

Figure 2. Air Filter Restriction Indicator - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction? DECISION No - Go to step 4. (Step 4 - Does engine start when slaved?) Yes - Check for air restrictions and ensure air filter is clean and serviceable. ( 0071) After removal of restriction WP and/or cleaning of air filter, reset air restriction indicator. Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does engine start?)

0031-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 STEP 4 Does engine start when slaved? If available, attempt to slave start engine with donor vehicle or portable starting aid. CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine start when slaved? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel engine cranks but does not start. Yes - Notify maintenance personnel to service batteries. STEP 5 Does engine start? Attempt to start engine. (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine start? DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine cranks but does not start. Yes - Problem is solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0031

0031-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ENGINE STALLS

0032

INITIAL SETUP: References Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) (WP 0071) References (cont.) Fueling (WP 0008) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ENGINE STALLS STEP 1 Does water distributor have enough fuel to operate engine? Visually inspect inside fuel tank for presence of fuel.

FUEL TANK

Figure 1. Fuel Tank - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Does water distributor have enough fuel to operate engine? DECISION No - Fill with fuel. (WP 0008) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does engine operate normally?) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction?) STEP 2 Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction? Visually check air filter restriction indicator.

0032-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0032

AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

Figure 2. Air Filter Restriction Indicator - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction? DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine stalls. Yes - Ensure air filter is serviceable (WP 0071) and check for air restrictions. After removal of restriction and/or cleaning of air filter, reset air restriction indicator. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does engine operate normally?) STEP 3 Does engine operate normally? Start and operate engine while observing performance. (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine operate normally? DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine stalls. Yes - Problem is solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0032-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ENGINE WILL NOT INCREASE RPM

0033

INITIAL SETUP: References Locations And Use Of Controls And Indicators (WP 0004) Equipment Condition Engine ON. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ENGINE WILL NOT INCREASE RPM STEP 1 Is water distributor operated by using main control panel, or cab control box? Determine mode of operation.
MAIN CONTROL PANEL

CAB CONTROL BOX

Figure 1. Main Control Panel And Cab Control Box. CONDITION/INDICATION Is water distributor operated by using main control panel, or cab control box? DECISION Operated by main control panel - Notify maintenance personnel engine does not increase RPM. Operated remotely - Go to Water Distributor Does Not Operate Remotely. (WP 0044) END OF WORK PACKAGE

0033-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE EXCESSIVE ENGINE VIBRATION

0034

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine ON. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EXCESSIVE ENGINE VIBRATION STEP 1 Does tachometer read at least 1500 RPM at operating speed?

NOTE
If engine RPM is not within normal operating range, engine may exhibit 'bogged down' or 'over run' symptoms and cause excessive vibration. Start engine and observe tachometer. (WP 0017)
TACHOMETER

Figure 1. Tachometer - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Does tachometer read at least 1500 RPM at operating speed? DECISION No - Increase or decrease engine rpm using engine speed RPM switch. (WP 0017) Ensure to operate water distributor within proper guidelines and tolerances. Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 - Does engine exhibit excessive vibration?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel engine exhibits excessive vibration. STEP 2 Does engine exhibit excessive vibration? Start and operate engine while observing engine vibration. (WP 0017)

0034-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine exhibit excessive vibration? DECISION No - Problem is solved. Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine exhibits excessive vibration. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0034

0034-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE EXCESSIVE ENGINE NOISE

0035

INITIAL SETUP: References Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) (WP 0071) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EXCESSIVE ENGINE NOISE STEP 1 Are engine oil and coolant at appropriate levels? Refer to preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS) to ensure engine is serviced with proper levels of oil and coolant. (WP 0071) CONDITION/INDICATION Are engine oil and coolant at appropriate levels? DECISION No - Service engine with appropriate engine oil and/or coolant. (WP 0071) Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 Does engine exhibit excessive noise?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel engine exhibits excessive noise. STEP 2 Does engine exhibit excessive noise? Start and operate engine while listening for excessive engine noise. (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine exhibit excessive noise? DECISION No - Problem is solved. Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine exhibits excessive noise. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0035-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ENGINE OVERHEATS

0036

INITIAL SETUP: References Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) (WP 0071) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ENGINE OVERHEATS

NOTE
Normal engine operating temperature is 170-190F (76-87C). STEP 1 Are engine oil and engine coolant filled to appropriate levels for engine operation? Refer to preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS) to ensure engine is serviced with proper levels of oil and coolant. (WP 0071) CONDITION/INDICATION Are engine oil and engine coolant filled to appropriate levels for engine operation? DECISION No - Service engine with appropriate engine oil and/or coolant. (WP 0071) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 Does engine overheat?) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are engine cover grille and radiator fins free of debris and obstruction?) STEP 2 Are engine cover grille and radiator fins free of debris and obstruction? Visually inspect engine cover grille and radiator fins for debris and obstructions.

ENGINE COVER GRILLE

Figure 1. Engine Cover Grille - Step 2.

0036-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONDITION/INDICATION Are engine cover grille and radiator fins free of debris and obstruction?

0036

DECISION No - Remove debris and restrictions from radiator and/or engine cover grille. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does engine overheat?) Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine overheats. STEP 3 Does engine overheat?

NOTE
An overheating condition exist if ENGINE TEMP gauge reaches 220F (104C) or above. Start and operate engine while observing ENGINE TEMP gauge. (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine overheat? DECISION No - Problem is solved. Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine overheats. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0036-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ABNORMAL EXHAUST

0037

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine ON. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ABNORMAL EXHAUST STEP 1 Does engine exhibit abnormal exhaust under normal operating conditions?

NOTE
Diesel engines may exhibit abnormal exhaust color under normal operating conditions at engine start up if the following conditions exists: Ambient temperature is, or has recently been, approximately 32 F (0 C). Engine has not been started for a long period of time. Recent maintenance activity on engine components. 1. 2. 3. Contact maintenance personnel and/or request maintenance records to verify if engine has recently had maintenance. Verify if engine has not been started for a long period of time, or ambient temperature is, or has been, approximately 32 F (0 C). Start engine and observe exhaust after three to five minutes of run time. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine exhibit abnormal exhaust under normal operating conditions? DECISION No - Problem solved. Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine exhibits abnormal exhaust. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0037-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE

0038

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE STEP 1 Is water pump properly primed and ready for operation?

CAUTION
Water pump is mechanically connected to engine and must be primed prior to engine start. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. Ensure water pump is properly primed. (WP 0019) CONDITION/INDICATION Is water pump properly primed and ready for operation? DECISION No - Ensure proper valve positions and operation procedures are used for desired usage. If problem persists, notify maintenance personnel water pump does not operate. Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is petcock P1 in closed position?) STEP 2 Is petcock P1 in closed position? Verify if petcock P1 in closed position?

PETCOCK P1

Figure 1. Petcock P1 - Step 2.

0038-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONDITION/INDICATION Is petcock P1 in closed position?

0038

DECISION No - Close petcock P1 and prime water pump. (WP 0019) Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Does water pump operate normally?) Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Is closure cap C1 serviceable and free of damage?) STEP 3 Is closure cap C1 serviceable and free of damage? Visually inspect closure cap C1 for damage and/or missing seal.
CLOSURE CAP C1

Figure 2. Closure Cap C1 - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Is closure cap C1 serviceable and free of damage? DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water pump does not operate. Yes - Closure cap C1 is unserviceable. Notify maintenance personnel water pump does not operate. STEP 4 Does water pump operate normally? Operate water pump while observing inlet and outlet pressures. (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Does water pump operate normally? DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water pump does not operate. Yes - Problem is solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0038-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE EXCESSIVE WATER PRESSURE

0039

INITIAL SETUP: References Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) Equipment Condition Engine On. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EXCESSIVE WATER PRESSURE STEP 1 Is excessive water pressure (more than 20% above normal) present after ensuring proper operation of water distributor? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.

NOTE
Water pressure is directly proportional to engine speed. Any increase or decrease in engine speed will effect the amount of water pressure at water stations. Ensure engine speed is appropriate for desired water distributor performance. CONDITION/INDICATION Is excessive water pressure (more than 20% above normal) present after ensuring proper operation of water distributor? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings. DECISION No - Problem solved. Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel of excessive water pressure. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0039-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER PRESSURE LOW

0040

INITIAL SETUP: References Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) References (cont.) Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) Discharge From Water Turret Assembly (WP 0015) Equipment Condition Engine On. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER PRESSURE LOW STEP 1 Is water pressure low (more than 20% below normal) after ensuring proper operation of water distributor? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.

NOTE
Water pressure is directly proportional to engine speed. Any increase or decrease in engine speed will effect the amount of water pressure at water stations. 1. Start and run engine. (WP 0017)

NOTE
Engine speed should be a minimum of 1500 RPM when operating water stations. 2. Verify all applicable valves for particular water station being used are closed or open completely: Gravity sprinkler bar (WP 0013) Water turret assembly (WP 0015) Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) Hose reel assembly (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION Is water pressure low (more than 20% below normal) after ensuring proper operation of water distributor? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings. DECISION No - Problem solved. Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel of low water pressure. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0040-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER PRESSURE ERRATIC

0041

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Gravity Sprinkler Bar (WP 0013) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) References (cont.) Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) Discharge From Water Turret Assembly (WP 0015) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER PRESSURE ERRATIC STEP 1 Is engine speed erratic along with water pressure?

NOTE
Water pressure is directly proportional to engine speed. Any increase or decrease in engine speed will effect the amount of water pressure at water stations. 1. Start and run engine. (WP 0017)

NOTE
Engine speed should be a minimum of 1500 RPM when operating water stations. Engine lag due to absence of load on engine may result in erratic engine speed and water pressure. 2. Observe tachometer, WATER INLET, and WATER OUTLET gauges to verify if both engine speed and water pressure are erratic.
TACHOMETER

WATER PUMP INLET GAUGE WATER PUMP OUTLET GAUGE

Figure 1. Engine Speed, Water Inlet/Outlet Gauges - Step 1.

0041-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONDITION/INDICATION Is engine speed erratic along with water pressure? DECISION No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are all applicable valves open or closed completely?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel engine speed is erratic or surges. STEP 2 Are all applicable valves open or closed completely? Verify all applicable valves for particular water station being used are closed or open completely: Gravity sprinkler bar (WP 0013) Water turret assembly (WP 0015) Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) Hose reel assembly (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Are all applicable valves open or closed completely?

0041

DECISION No - Close and/or open all applicable valves completely. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Is water pressure erratic?) Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water pressure is erratic. STEP 3 Is water pressure erratic? Operate water distributor while observing water pressure. (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Is water pressure erratic? DECISION No - Problem is solved. Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine overheats. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0041-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE EXCESSIVE PUMP NOISE

0042

INITIAL SETUP: References General Information (WP 0001) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EXCESSIVE PUMP NOISE STEP 1 Is water distributor operated within proper operator guidelines?

NOTE
The water pump is mechanically linked to the engine. Engine overspeed or excessive rpm may cause water pump to operate at high revolutions causing excessive noise. When water level falls to 300 gallons (1,136 liters) or less, excessive water pump noise may occur. 1. Start engine. (WP 0017)

CAUTION
Ensure not to operate water pump when water level falls below 300 gallons (1,136 liters). Water pump cavitation may occur. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment. 2. 3. Refer to operator instructions and control panel spray placard to ensure proper operating procedures are adhered to. It may be necessary to partially open valve V5 to relieve pressure in water pump housing and allow fluid to circulate through water tank to lower pump noise.

0042-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0042

VALVE V5

Figure 1. Valve V5 - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is water distributor operated within proper operator guidelines? DECISION No - Operate water distributor within proper guidelines and tolerances. (WP 0017) Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 - Does water pump exhibit excessive noise?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel water pump exhibits excessive noise. STEP 2 Does water pump exhibit excessive noise? Operate water distributor while observing water pump noise. (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Does water pump exhibit excessive noise? DECISION No - Problem is solved. Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water pump exhibits excessive noise. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0042-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 FIELD MAINTENANCE WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE

0043

INITIAL SETUP: References Operating Lights (WP 0006) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE STEP 1 Are one or both work lights not working? Operate work lights to determine if one or both are not working. (WP 0006) CONDITION/INDICATION Are one or both work lights not working? DECISION Both work lights out - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position?) One work light out - Notify maintenance personnel left or right work light is inoperative. STEP 2 Is EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position?

NOTE
Water distributor work lights will not illuminate if EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the off position. Verify if EMERGENCY STOP switch is rotated out to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Is EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position?

0043-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 DECISION No - Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Do work lights illuminate?) Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel work lights do not illuminate. STEP 3 Do work lights illuminate? Attempt to operate work lights. (WP 0006) CONDITION/INDICATION Do work lights illuminate? DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel worklights do not illuminate. Yes - Problem is solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0043

0043-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER DISTRIBUTOR DOES NOT OPERATE REMOTELY

0044

INITIAL SETUP: References PLS Operator Manual (TM 9-2320-364-10) References (cont.) Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) Hookup (WP 0012) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0016)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER DISTRIBUTOR DOES NOT OPERATE REMOTELY STEP 1 Does ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate at main control panel on rear of water distributor? 1. Ensure EMERGENCY STOP switch is in on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1. 2. Verify if ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator is illuminated.

0044-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0044

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Does ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate at main control panel on rear of water distributor? DECISION No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?) Yes - Ensure water distributor cab control box and harness are properly connected to prime mover universal power interface kit (UPIK). (WP 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does water distributor operate remotely?) STEP 2 Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

NOTE
The 15-amp circuit breaker works in conjunction with the emergency stop switch to control power to the control panel. If a power surge is detected, the 15-amp circuit breaker will trip prohibiting the emergency stop switch to supply power to the control panel and engine. Verify 15-amp circuit breaker position.

15-AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER

Figure 3. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

0044-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0044

DECISION No - Go to No Power to Control Panel. (WP 0045) Yes - Reset 15-amp circuit breaker. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does water distributor operate remotely?) If 15 amp circuit breaker trips again after reset, do not attempt to reset. Notify maintenance personnel 15-amp circuit breaker is tripped. STEP 3 Does water distributor operate remotely? Attempt to operate water distributor using cab control box. (WP 0016) CONDITION/INDICATION Does water distributor operate remotely? DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water distributor does not operate remotely. Yes - Problem is solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0044-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE NO POWER TO MAIN CONTROL PANEL

0045

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Open/Close Battery Box Cover (WP 0081) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE NO POWER TO MAIN CONTROL PANEL STEP 1 Is EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position? Verify if EMERGENCY STOP switch is rotated out to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position? DECISION No - Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to the on position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Does water distributor have power?) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?) STEP 2 Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

NOTE
The 15-amp circuit breaker works in conjunction with the emergency stop switch to control power to the control panel. If a power surge is detected, the 15-amp circuit breaker will trip prohibiting the emergency stop switch to supply power to the control panel and engine. Verify 15-amp circuit breaker position.

0045-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0045

15-AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER

Figure 2. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped? DECISION No - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Are batteries properly connected?) Yes - Reset 15-amp circuit breaker. Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Does water distributor have power?) If 15 amp circuit breaker trips again after reset, do not attempt to reset. Notify maintenance personnel 15-amp circuit breaker is tripped. STEP 3 Are batteries properly connected? 1. Remove battery cover. (WP 0081) 2. Visually inspect batteries and battery cables to ensure proper connection.

BATTERY CABLES

BATTERIES

Figure 3. Batteries And Battery Cables - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Are batteries properly connected?

0045-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel battery cables are not properly connected. Yes - Notify maintenance personnel water distributor does not have power. STEP 4 Does water distributor have power? 1. If opened, close battery cover. (WP 0081) 2. Ensure EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position.

0045

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 4. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 4. 3. Verify if ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator is illuminated.

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 5. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 4. CONDITION/INDICATION Does water distributor have power? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel water distributor does not have power. Yes - Problem is solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0045-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE INOPERATIVE

0046

INITIAL SETUP: References No Power To Control Panel (WP 0045) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE INOPERATIVE STEP 1 Is ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminated? 1. Verify if EMERGENCY STOP switch is rotated out to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1. 2. Verify if ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminates.

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.

0046-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONDITION/INDICATION Is ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminated? DECISION No - Go to No Power To Control Panel. (WP 0045) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel battery voltage gauge inoperative. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0046

0046-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE READS HIGH OR LOW

0047

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE READS HIGH OR LOW STEP 1 Is engine off with work lights illuminated?

NOTE
With engine off, normal battery voltage is 24-28 vdc. Voltage gauge may read low if engine is off and work lights are illuminated. Ensure not to operate water distributor work lights with engine off for long periods of time. Verify if engine is off and work lights are illuminated. CONDITION/INDICATION Is engine off with work lights illuminated? DECISION No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Does battery voltage gauge read high or low with engine running?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel batteries require servicing. STEP 2 Does battery voltage gauge read high or low with engine running?

NOTE
Normal battery voltage is 26-30 vdc with engine running. 1. 2. Start engine. (WP 0017) Observe battery voltage gauge.

0047-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0047

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE

Figure 1. Battery Voltage Gauge - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Does battery voltage gauge read high or low with engine running? DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel work lights do not illuminate. Yes - Notify maintenance personnel voltage gauge reads high or low. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0047-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE MAIN CONTROL PANEL ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

0048

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) No Power To Control Panel (WP 0045) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MAIN CONTROL PANEL ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE STEP 1 Does BATTERY VOLTMETER gauge read 24 to 28 VDC with ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator inoperative? 1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1. 2. Visually inspect BATTERY VOLTMETER gauge.

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE

Figure 2. Battery Voltmeter Gauge - Step 1.

0048-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CONDITION/INDICATION Does BATTERY VOLTMETER gauge read 24 to 28 VDC with ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator inoperative? DECISION No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel main control panel ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator is inoperative. STEP 2 Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

0048

NOTE
The 15-amp circuit breaker works in conjunction with the emergency stop switch to control power to the control panel. If a power surge is detected, the 15-amp circuit breaker will trip prohibiting the emergency stop switch to supply power to the control panel and engine. Verify 15-amp circuit breaker position.

15-AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER

Figure 3. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped? DECISION No - Go to No Power To Control Panel. (WP 0045) Yes - Reset 15-amp circuit breaker. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indictor illuminate?) If 15 amp circuit breaker trips again after reset, do not attempt to reset. Notify maintenance personnel 15-amp circuit breaker is tripped. STEP 3 Does ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indictor illuminate? 1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

0048-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0048

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 4. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3. 2. Verify if ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator is illuminated.

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 5. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Does ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indictor illuminate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator does not illuminate. Yes - Problem is solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0048-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED WHEN STARTING

0049

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Reads Low (WP 0050) Engine Overheats (WP 0036) References (cont.) Engine Stalls (WP 0032) Excessive Water Pressure (WP 0039) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED WHEN STARTING STEP 1 Does engine start and shut down normally?

NOTE
If an engine fault is detected and engine is commanded to shut down, the engine off/drain light will remain illuminated until fault is cleared and emergency stop switch is reset. Verify operation is normal and engine does not shut down due to any of the following engine faults: (WP 0017) Air restriction (WP 0032) Engine overheats (WP 0036) Water pump outlet pressure exceeds 150 psi (WP 0039) Engine oil pressure falls to 7 psi or less (WP 0050) CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine start and shut down normally? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel engine starts and/or shuts down abnormally. Yes - Notify maintenance personnel ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN light stays illuminated. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0049-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS LOW

0050

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) (WP 0071) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS LOW

NOTE
Normal engine oil pressure is 28 to 57 psi (193 to 393 kPa). STEP 1 Is proper engine oil level present for operation? Check engine oil level. (WP 0071) CONDITION/INDICATION Is proper engine oil level present for operation? DECISION No - Fill engine to proper level with engine oil. (WP 0071) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does engine oil pressure gauge read low?) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is engine free from oil leaks?)

0050-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0050

STEP 2 Is engine free from oil leaks? Visually inspect engine for oil leakage. (WP 0071) CONDITION/INDICATION Is engine free from oil leaks? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel engine leaks oil. Yes - Notify maintenance personnel engine oil pressure gauge reads low. STEP 3 Does engine oil pressure gauge read low? 1. Attempt to start engine. (WP 0017) 2. If engine starts and continues to run, monitor engine oil pressure for a minimum of 1 minute. CONDITION/INDICATION Does engine oil pressure gauge read low? DECISION No - Problem is solved. Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine oil pressure gauge reads low. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0050-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS HIGH

0051

INITIAL SETUP: References Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) (WP 0071) Equipment Condition Engine OFF.

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS HIGH STEP 1 Is engine oil pressure appropriate for desired engine speed?

NOTE
Normal engine oil pressure is 28 to 57 psi (193 to 393 kPa). If engine is cold, oil pressure may read slightly higher than normal until engine reaches normal operating temperature.

NOTE
Engine oil pressure will increase with engine rpm. Verify if engine oil pressure is within normal range. CONDITION/INDICATION Is engine oil pressure appropriate for desired engine speed? DECISION No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is engine oil level correct for operation?) Yes - Problem solved.

0051-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0051

STEP 2 Is engine oil level correct for operation? Check engine oil level. (WP 0071) CONDITION/INDICATION Is engine oil level correct for operation? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel engine requires oil to be drained to appropriate level. Yes - Notify maintenance personnel engine oil pressure gauge reads high. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0051-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER PUMP INLET GAUGE INOPERATIVE

0052

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER PUMP INLET GAUGE INOPERATIVE STEP 1 Is valve V1 open and all other valves in correct position for operation?

NOTE
Valve V1 should be open for most discharge operations. Valve V1 does not need to be open to discharge from sprinkler bar. Verify valve V1 position.
VALVE V1

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V1 open and all other valves in correct position for operation? DECISION No - Open valve V1. (WP 0017) Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 - Does water pump inlet gauge operate?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel water pump inlet gauge inoperative. STEP 2 Does water pump inlet gauge operate? 1. Start engine. (WP 0017) 2. Operate water distributor while observing water pump inlet gauge. (WP 0017)

0052-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0052

WATER PUMP INLET GAUGE

Figure 2. Water Pump Inlet Gauge - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Does water pump inlet gauge operate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel water pump inlet gauge does not operate. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0052-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

0053

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And 3" Hose (WP 0020) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

NOTE
Water level high indicator will illuminate when water distributor tank is filled with 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters) of water. STEP 1 Is water distributor tank filled with 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters) of water? Visually inspect water level indicator on front of water distributor tank.

WATER LEVEL INDICATOR

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is water distributor tank filled with 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters) of water? DECISION No - Fill water distributor until water level indicator reads 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters).WP 0020) Verify problem ( is solved. (Step 2 - Does WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator does not illuminate. STEP 2 Does WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate? 1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to ON position.

0053-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0053

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 2. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2. 2. Observe WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator.
WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR

Figure 3. Water Level High indicator - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Does WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator does not illuminate. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0053-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

0054

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Empty Tank Without Pump (WP 0023) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

NOTE
Water level low indicator will illuminate when water distributor tank level falls below 300 gallons (1,136 liters) of water. STEP 1 Is water distributor tank filled with less than 300 gallons (1,136 liters) of water? Visually inspect water level indicator on front of water distributor tank.

WATER LEVEL INDICATOR

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is water distributor tank filled with less than 300 gallons (1,136 liters) of water? DECISION No - Drain water distributor until water level indicator reads 300 gallons (1,136 liters) or less. (WP 0023) Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 - Does WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator does not illuminate. STEP 2 Does WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate? 1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

0054-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0054

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 2. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2. 2. Observe WATER LEVEL LOW indicator.
WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR

Figure 3. Water Level Low Indicator - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Does WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator does not illuminate. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0054-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED

0055

INITIAL SETUP: Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED

NOTE
Water level high indicator will illuminate when water distributor tank is filled with 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters) of water. STEP 1 Is water distributor tank filled with 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters) of water? Visually inspect water level indicator on front of water distributor tank.

WATER LEVEL INDICATOR

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is water distributor tank filled with 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters) of water? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator stays illuminated. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0055-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED

0056

INITIAL SETUP: Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED

NOTE
Water level low indicator will illuminate when water distributor tank level falls below 300 gallons (1,136 liters) of water. STEP 1 Is water distributor tank filled with less than 300 gallons (1,136 liters) of water? Visually inspect water level indicator on front of water distributor tank.

WATER LEVEL INDICATOR

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is water distributor tank filled with less than 300 gallons (1,136 liters) of water? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator stays illuminated. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0056-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE MANUAL WATER TURRET DOES NOT OPERATE

0057

INITIAL SETUP: Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0015) Water Pump Primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MANUAL WATER TURRET DOES NOT OPERATE STEP 1 Is valve V6 in open position? Observe valve V6 position.

VALVE V6

Figure 1. Valve V6 - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V6 in open position? DECISION No - Rotate valve V6 to open position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does manual water turret operate?) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is valve V1 in open position?)

0057-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0057

STEP 2 Is valve V1 in open position? Observe valve V1 position.

VALVE V1

Figure 2. Valve V1 - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V1 in open position? DECISION No - Rotate valve V1 to open position. (WP 0015) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does manual water turret operate?) Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel manual water turret does not operate. STEP 3 Does manual water turret operate? Attempt to operate manual water turret. (WP 0015) CONDITION/INDICATION Does manual water turret operate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel manual water turret does not operate. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0057-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE MANUAL WATER TURRET OUTPUT LOW

0058

INITIAL SETUP: References General Information (WP 0001) Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse (WP 0018) References (cont.) Discharge From Water Turret Assembly (WP 0015) Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019) Equipment Condition Engine ON. (WP 0015) Water pump primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MANUAL WATER TURRET OUTPUT LOW STEP 1 Is valve V6 completely open? Verify valve V6 position.

VALVE V6

Figure 1. Valve V6 - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V6 completely open? DECISION No - Fully open valve V6. (WP 0015) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does manual water turret operate at full pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is valve V1 completely open?) STEP 2 0058-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 Is valve V1 completely open? Verify valve V1 position.

VALVE V1

0058

Figure 2. Valve V1 - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V1 completely open? DECISION No - Fully open valve V1. (WP 0015) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does manual water turret operate at full pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Is valve V5 completely closed?) STEP 3 Is valve V5 completely closed? Verify valve V5 position.

0058-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0058

VALVE V5

Figure 3. Valve V5 - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V5 completely closed? DECISION No - Fully close valve V5. (WP 0018) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does manual water turret operate at full pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) Yes - Go to step 4. (Step 4 - Is water pressure present low after ensuring proper operation of water distributor?) STEP 4 Is water pressure present low after ensuring proper operation of water distributor?

NOTE
Water pressure is directly proportional to engine speed. Any increase or decrease in engine speed will effect the amount of water pressure at water stations. Ensure engine speed is appropriate for desired water distributor performance. (WP 0015) CONDITION/INDICATION Is water pressure present low after ensuring proper operation of water distributor? DECISION No - Problem solved. Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel manual water turret pressure is low.

0058-3

TM 5-3825-270-10

0058

STEP 5 Does manual water turret operate at full pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings. Operate manual water turret while observing water pressure. (WP 0015) CONDITION/INDICATION Does manual water turret operate at full pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings. DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel manual water turret pressure is low. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0058-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR DOES NOT OPERATE

0059

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Gravity Sprinkler Bar (WP 0013) Discharge From Water Turret Assembly (WP 0015) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0015)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR DOES NOT OPERATE STEP 1 Is valve V8 in open position? Verify valve V8 position.

VALVE V8

Figure 1. Valve V8 - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V8 in open position? DECISION No - Rotate valve V8 to open position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 - Does gravity fed sprinkler bar operate?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel gravity fed sprinkler bar does not operate. STEP 2 Does gravity fed sprinkler bar operate? Attempt to operate gravity fed sprinkler bar. (WP 0013) CONDITION/INDICATION Does gravity fed sprinkler bar operate?

0059-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel gravity fed sprinkler bar does not operate. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0059

0059-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR STREAM LOW

0060

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Gravity Sprinkler Bar (WP 0013) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0015)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR STREAM LOW

NOTE
Water pressure at particular water stations may be reduced by partially closed valves. STEP 1 Is valve V8 completely open? Verify valve V8 position.

VALVE V8

Figure 1. Valve V8 - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V8 completely open? DECISION No - Rotate valve V8 to full open position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 - Is gravity fed sprinkler bar stream normal?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel gravity fed sprinkler bar pressure low. STEP 2 Is gravity fed sprinkler bar stream normal? Operate gravity fed sprinkler bar. (WP 0013)

0060-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0060

GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR

Figure 2. Gravity Fed Sprinkler Bar - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Is gravity fed sprinkler bar stream normal? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel gravity fed sprinkler bar stream low. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0060-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE SPRINKLER HEADS DO NOT OPERATE

0061

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019) References (cont.) PLS Prime Mover Operator Manual (TM 9-2320-364-10) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) Hookup (WP 0012) Equipment Condition Engine ON. (WP 0016) Water pump primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE SPRINKLER HEADS DO NOT OPERATE

NOTE
Operation of left and right sprinkler heads require connection to an air system supply and adequate pressure. Prime mover engine must be running to provide adequate air pressure to water distributor sprinkler heads. Minimum air pressure to operate sprinkler heads is 90 psi (620 kPa). STEP 1 Are both sprinkler heads inoperative? 1. Attempt to operate both sprinkler heads. (WP 0016) 2. Verify if both sprinkler heads do not operate. CONDITION/INDICATION Are both sprinkler heads inoperative? DECISION No - If only one sprinkler head is inoperative, notify maintenance personnel applicable sprinkler head is inoperative. Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is water distributor properly connected to exterior air source?) STEP 2 Is water distributor properly connected to exterior air source? Verify if water distributor is connected to exterior air source. (WP 0012) CONDITION/INDICATION Is water distributor properly connected to exterior air source? DECISION No - Properly connect water distributor to prime mover.WP 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Do sprinkler ( heads operate?) Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Are proper sprinkler head operating procedures being used?)

0061-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 STEP 3 Are proper sprinkler head operating procedures being used? Refer to Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) for proper sprinkler head operation. CONDITION/INDICATION Are proper sprinkler head operating procedures being used?

0061

DECISION No - Follow sprinkler head operating procedures. (WP 0016) Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Do sprinkler heads operate?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel sprinkler heads do not operate. STEP 4 Do sprinkler heads operate? Attempt to operate sprinkler heads. (WP 0016) CONDITION/INDICATION Do sprinkler heads operate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel sprinkler heads do not operate. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0061-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE SPRINKLER HEAD OUTPUT LOW

0062

INITIAL SETUP: References Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019) References (cont.) PLS Prime Mover Operator Manual (TM 9-2320-364-10) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) Hookup (WP 0012) Equipment Condition Engine ON. (WP 0016) Water pump primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE SPRINKLER HEAD OUTPUT LOW

NOTE
Operation of left and right sprinkler heads require connection to an air system supply and adequate pressure. When valve V5 is open, water sprinkler nozzles will have less pressure. STEP 1 Is water distributor properly connected to prime mover? Verify if water distributor is connected to prime mover. CONDITION/INDICATION Is water distributor properly connected to prime mover? DECISION No - Properly connect water distributor to prime mover.WP 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Do sprinkler ( heads have appropriate pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is air pressure adequate for operating sprinkler heads?) STEP 2 Is air pressure adequate for operating sprinkler heads? Check prime mover air supply pressure. (TM 9-2320-364-10) CONDITION/INDICATION Is air pressure adequate for operating sprinkler heads? DECISION No - Increase prime mover air supply pressure. WP 0086) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Do sprinkler heads ( have appropriate pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Is valve V1 completely open?)

0062-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 STEP 3 Is valve V1 completely open? Verify valve V1 position.

VALVE V1

0062

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V1 completely open? DECISION No - Fully open valve V1. (WP 0015) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Do sprinkler heads have appropriate pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) Yes - Go to step 4. (Step 4 - Is valve V5 completely closed?) STEP 4 Is valve V5 completely closed? Verify valve V5 position.

0062-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0062

VALVE V5

Figure 2. Valve V5 - Step 4. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V5 completely closed? DECISION No - Fully close valve V5. (WP 0018) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Do sprinkler heads have appropriate pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel sprinkler heads have low pressure. STEP 5 Do sprinkler heads have appropriate pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings. Operate sprinkler heads. (WP 0016) CONDITION/INDICATION Do sprinkler heads have appropriate pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings. DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel sprinkler heads have low pressure. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0062-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER HOSE DOES NOT OPERATE

0063

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019) Water Pump Does Not Operate (WP 0038) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017) Water pump primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER HOSE DOES NOT OPERATE STEP 1 Is valve V1 and valve V7 in open position? 1. Observe valve V1 position.
VALVE V1

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 1. 2. Observe valve V7 position.

0063-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0063

VALVE V7

Figure 2. Valve V7 - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V1 and valve V7 in open position? DECISION No - Start engine and rotate valve V1 and valve V7 to open position. (WP 0017) Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Does water hose operate?) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is water hose free of kinks and blockage?) STEP 2 Is water hose free of kinks and blockage? 1. Completely unravel water hose from hose reel. (WP 0078) 2. Visually inspect water hose for kinks and blockage.

WATER HOSE
Figure 3. Water Hose - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Is water hose free of kinks and blockage? DECISION No - Remove kink and/or blockage if possible. Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Does water hose operate?) If blockage and/or kink in water hose cannot be removed, or water hose is damaged, notify maintenance personnel of water hose damage. Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range?)

0063-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 STEP 3 Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range? 1. Start engine and set engine speed to 1500 rpm. (WP 0017) 2. Observe WATER PUMP OUTLET gauge.

0063

WATER PUMP OUTLET GAUGE

Figure 4. Water Pump Outlet Gauge - Step 3.

NOTE
Normal water pump output pressure is approximately 50 psi (344 kPa) when operating water hose with engine speed set to 1500 rpm. 3. 4. Note WATER PUMP OUTLET gauge reading. Shutdown engine. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range? DECISION No - Go to Water Pump Does Not Operate. (WP 0038) Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel hose reel water hose does not operate. STEP 4 Does water hose operate? Operate water hose. (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Does water hose operate? DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water hose does not operate. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0063-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE WATER HOSE OUTPUT LOW

0064

INITIAL SETUP: References Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Service (WP 0071) Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019) References (cont.) Stow/Unstow Hoses (WP 0078) Water Pump Does Not Operate (WP 0038) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017) Water pump primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE WATER HOSE OUTPUT LOW STEP 1 Are valve V1 and valve V7 completely open? 1. Observe valve V1 position.
VALVE V1

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 1. 2. Observe valve V7 position.

0064-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0064

VALVE V7

Figure 2. Valve V7 - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Are valve V1 and valve V7 completely open? DECISION No - Completely open valve V1 and valve V7. (WP 0017) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Is water hose pressure normal (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is valve V5 completely closed?) STEP 2 Is valve V5 completely closed? Verify valve V5 position.

0064-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0064

VALVE V5

Figure 3. Valve V5 - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Is valve V5 completely closed? DECISION No - Fully close valve V5. ( P 0018) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Is water hose pressure normal (no more W than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Is water hose free of kinks and blockage?) STEP 3 Is water hose free of kinks and blockage? 1. Completely unravel hose reel. (WP 0078) 2. Visually inspect water hose for kinks and blockage.

0064-3

TM 5-3825-270-10

0064

WATER HOSE
Figure 4. Water Hose - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Is water hose free of kinks and blockage? DECISION No - Remove kink and/or blockage if possible. (WP 0071) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Is water hose pressure normal (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) If blockage and/or kink in water hose cannot be removed, or water hose is damaged, notify maintenance personnel of water hose damage. Yes - Go to step 4. (Step 4 - Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.) STEP 4 Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings. 1. Start engine and set engine speed to 1500 rpm. (WP 0017) 2. Observe WATER PUMP OUTLET gauge.

WATER PUMP OUTLET GAUGE

Figure 5. Water Pump Outlet Gauge - Step 4.

NOTE
Normal water pump output pressure is approximately 50 psi (344 kPa) when operating water hose with engine speed set to 1500 rpm.

0064-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 3. 4. Note WATER PUMP OUTLET gauge reading. Shutdown engine. (WP 0017)

0064

CONDITION/INDICATION Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings. DECISION No - Go to Water Pump Does Not Operate. (WP 0038) Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water hose pressure is low. STEP 5 Is water hose pressure normal (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings. Operate water hose. (WP 0017) CONDITION/INDICATION Is water hose pressure normal (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings. DECISION No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water hose pressure is low. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0064-5/6 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE CAB CONTROL BOX ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

0065

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Main Control Panel Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator Does Not Illuminate (WP 0048) PLS Prime Mover Operator Manual (TM 9-2320-364-10) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) Hookup (WP 0012) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017) Equipment Condition (cont.) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) harness connected to prime mover. (WP 0012) Main control panel switches in appropriate position to operate water distributor using cab control box.

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE CAB CONTROL BOX ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE STEP 1 Does main control panel ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate?

NOTE
If ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminates on main control panel, fault can be isolated to cab control box or universal power interface kit (UPIK) harness. 1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1. Observe ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator.

2.

0065-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0065

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1. CONDITION/INDICATION Does main control panel ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate? DECISION No - Go to Main Control Panel Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator Does Not Illuminate. (WP 0048) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?) STEP 2 Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover? 1. Push EMERGENCY STOP switch in to off position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 3. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2. Check cab control box electrical connector.

2.

0065-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0065

CAB CONTROL BOX

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

Figure 4. Cab Control Box - Step 2. 3. Check prime mover UPIK air and electrical connections.
UPIK AIR CONNECTION

UPIK ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

Figure 5. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover? DECISION No - Properly connect cab control box and/or harness connections to prime mover. (WP 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN light is inoperative. STEP 3 Does cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate? 1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

0065-3

TM 5-3825-270-10

0065

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 6. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3. 2. Observe cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator.
CAB CONTROL BOX ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 7. Cab Control Box Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Does cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator is inoperative. Yes - Your original problem has been resolved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0065-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE CAB CONTROL BOX TACHOMETER DOES NOT OPERATE

0066

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017) Equipment Condition (cont.) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) harness connected to prime mover. (WP 0012) Main control panel switches in appropriate position to operate water distributor using cab control box.

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE CAB CONTROL BOX TACHOMETER DOES NOT OPERATE STEP 1 Does main control panel tachometer operate?

NOTE
If tachometer on main control panel operates, fault can be isolated to cab control box or universal power interface kit (UPIK) harness. 1. 2. Start engine. (WP 0017) Observe main control panel tachometer.
TACHOMETER

Figure 1. Tachometer - Step 1. 3. Shutdown engine. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION Does main control panel tachometer operate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel main control panel tachometer does not operate. Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?)

0066-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 STEP 2 Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover? 1. Push EMERGENCY STOP switch in to off position. (WP 0017) 2. Check cab control box electrical connector.
CAB CONTROL BOX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

0066

Figure 2. Cab Control Box - Step 2. 3. Check prime mover UPIK air and electrical connections.
UPIK AIR CONNECTION

UPIK ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

Figure 3. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover? DECISION No - Properly connect cab control box and/or harness connections to prime mover. (WP 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does cab control box tachometer operate?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box tachometer does not operate. STEP 3 Does cab control box tachometer operate? 1. Ensure water distributor is set up to be operated using cab control box. (WP 0012) 2. Start engine. (WP 0017) 3. Observe cab control box tachometer.

0066-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0066

CAB CONTROL BOX TACHOMETER

4.

Figure 4. Cab Control Box Tachometer - Step 3. Shutdown engine. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION Does cab control box tachometer operate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box tachometer does not operate. Yes - Your original problem has been resolved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0066-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

0067

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Water Level High Indicator Does Not Illuminate (WP 0053) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017) Equipment Condition (cont.) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) harness connected to prime mover. (WP 0012) Main control panel switches in appropriate position to operate water distributor using cab control box.

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE STEP 1 Does main control panel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?

NOTE
If WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator on main control panel illuminates, fault can be isolated to cab control box or universal power interface kit (UPIK) harness. 1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1. 2. Observe main control panel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator.

0067-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0067

WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR

Figure 2. Water Level High indicator - Step 1. 3. Push EMERGENCY STOP switch in to off position. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION Does main control panel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate? DECISION No - Go to main control panel Water Level High Indicator Does Not Illuminate. (WP 0053) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?) STEP 2 Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover? 1. Check cab control box electrical connector.
CAB CONTROL BOX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

Figure 3. Cab Control Box - Step 2. 2. Check prime mover UPIK air and electrical connections.

0067-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0067

UPIK AIR CONNECTION

UPIK ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

Figure 4. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover? DECISION No - Properly connect cab control box and/or harness connections to prime mover. (WP 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR does not illuminate. STEP 3 Does cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate? 1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 5. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3. 2. Observe cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator.

0067-3

TM 5-3825-270-10

0067

CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR

Figure 6. Cab Control Box Water Level High Indicator - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Does cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator does not illuminate. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0067-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

0068

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Water Level Low Indicator Does Not Illuminate (WP 0054) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017) Equipment Condition (cont.) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) harness connected to prime mover. (WP 0012) Main control panel switches in appropriate position to operate water distributor using cab control box.

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE STEP 1 Does main control panel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?

NOTE
If WATER LEVEL LOW indicator on main control panel illuminates, fault can be isolated to cab control box or universal power interface kit (UPIK) harness. 1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1. 2. Observe main control panel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator.

0068-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0068

WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR

Figure 2. Water Level Low Indicator - Step 1. 3. Push EMERGENCY STOP switch in to off position.

CONDITION/INDICATION Does main control panel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate? DECISION No - Go to main control panel Water Level Low Indicator Does Not Illuminate. (WP 0054) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?) STEP 2 Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover? 1. Check cab control box electrical connector.
CAB CONTROL BOX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

Figure 3. Cab Control Box - Step 2. 2. Check prime mover UPIK air and electrical connections.

0068-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0068

UPIK AIR CONNECTION

UPIK ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

Figure 4. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover? DECISION No - Properly connect cab control box and/or harness connections to prime mover. (WP 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR does not illuminate. STEP 3 Does cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate? 1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 5. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3. 2. Observe cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW indicator.

0068-3

TM 5-3825-270-10

0068

CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR

Figure 6. Cab Control Box Water Level Low Indicator - Step 3. CONDITION/INDICATION Does cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate? DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW indicator does not illuminate. Yes - Problem solved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0068-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE CAB CONTROL BOX LIGHTS SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE

0069

INITIAL SETUP: References Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Operating Lights (WP 0006) Work Lights Do Not Operate (WP 0043) Equipment Condition Engine OFF. (WP 0017) Equipment Condition (cont.) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) harness connected to prime mover. (WP 0012) Main control panel switches in appropriate position to operate water distributor using cab control box.

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE CAB CONTROL BOX LIGHTS SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE STEP 1 Do work lights operate using main control panel LIGHTS switch?

NOTE
If work lights operate using LIGHTS switch on main control panel, fault can be isolated to cab control box or universal power interface kit (UPIK) harness. 1. 2. Attempt to operate work lights using main control panel. (WP 0006) Observe work lights. (WP 0006)

CONDITION/INDICATION Do work lights operate using main control panel LIGHTS switch? DECISION No - Go to Work Lights Do Not Operate. (WP 0043) Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?) STEP 2 Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover? 1. Push EMERGENCY STOP switch in to off position. (WP 0006) 2. Check cab control box electrical connector.

0069-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0069

CAB CONTROL BOX

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

Figure 1. Cab Control Box - Step 2. 3. Check prime mover UPIK air and electrical connections.
UPIK AIR CONNECTION

UPIK ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

Figure 2. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2. CONDITION/INDICATION Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover? DECISION No - Properly connect cab control box and/or harness connections to prime mover. (WP 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does cab control box LIGHTS switch operate?) Yes - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box LIGHTS switch does not operate. STEP 3 Does cab control box LIGHTS switch operate? 1. Ensure water distributor is set up to be operated using cab control box. 2. Attempt to operate work lights using cab control box. (WP 0017) 3. Observe work lights. (WP 0006) CONDITION/INDICATION Does cab control box LIGHTS switch operate?

0069-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 DECISION No - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box LIGHTS switch does not operate. Yes - Your original problem has been resolved. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0069

0069-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 4 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INTRODUCTION

0070

GENERAL To ensure that the water distributor is ready for operation at all times, it must be inspected on a regular basis so that defects may be found and corrected before they result in serious damage, equipment failure, or injury to personnel. PMCS tasks contains systematic instructions on inspections, lubrications, adjustments, and corrections to be performed by the operator to keep your equipment in good operating condition and ready for its primary mission. EXPLANATION OF TABLE ENTRIES

NOTE
The WARNINGs and CAUTIONs appearing in your PMCS table must always be observed. WARNINGs and CAUTIONs appear before applicable procedures. You must observe these WARNINGs to prevent serious injury to yourself and others, and CAUTIONs to prevent your equipment from being damaged. Item Number (Item No.) Column. Numbers in this column are for reference. When completing DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988-E (Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet), include the item number for the check/service indicating a fault. Item numbers also appear in the order that you must perform checks and services for the interval listed. Interval Column.This column tells you when you must perform the procedure in the procedure column. Before procedures must be done immediately before you operate the equipment. During procedures must be done while you are operating the equipment. After procedures must be done immediately after you have operated the equipment. Weekly procedures must be done once each week. Monthly procedures must be done once each month. Semi-Annual procedures must be done every six months.

Location, Item to Check/Service Column. This column provides the location and item to be checked or serviced. Procedure Column. This column gives the procedure you must perform to know if the equipment is ready or available for its intended mission or for operation. You must perform the procedure at the time stated in the interval column. Not Fully Mission Capable If: Column. Information in this column tells you what faults will keep your equipment from being capable of performing its primary mission. If you perform check/service procedures that show faults listed in this column, the equipment is not mission-capable. Follow standard operating procedures for maintaining the equipment or reporting equipment failure. GENERAL PMCS PROCEDURES Always perform PMCS in the same order. With experience, you should be able to identify problems easily. If the machine does not perform as required, refer to the appropriate troubleshooting task. If anything looks wrong and you can't fix it, write it on your DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988-E. If you find something seriously wrong, IMMEDIATELY report it to your supervisor. Before performing preventive maintenance, read all the checks required for the applicable interval and prepare everything needed to make all the checks. For example, you'll always need a rag (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 30) or two.

0070-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 GENERAL PMCS PROCEDURES - Continued

0070

Keep It Clean. Dirt, grease, oil, and debris get in the way and may cover up a serious problem. Clean as you work and as needed. Use solvent cleaning compound (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9) on all metal surfaces. Use detergent (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 12) and water when you clean rubber, plastic, and painted surfaces. Hazardous Waste Disposal. Ensure all spills are cleaned up and disposed of in accordance with local policy and ordinances. Rust and Corrosion. Check metal parts for rust and corrosion. If any bare metal or corrosion exists, clean and apply a light coat of lubricating oil (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 26, 27, 28). Report it to your supervisor. Bolts, Nuts, and Screws. Check bolts, nuts, and screws for obvious looseness and missing, bent, or broken condition. You can't try them all with a tool, but look for chipped paint, bare metal, or rust around bolt heads. If you find one you think is loose, tighten it. Welds. Look for loose or chipped paint, rust, or gaps where parts are welded together. If you find a bad weld, report it to your supervisor. Electric Wires and Connectors.Look for cracked or broken insulation, bare wires, and loose or broken connectors. Tighten loose connectors and ensure that the wires are in good condition. Hoses and Fluid Lines. Look for wear, damage, and signs of leaks. Ensure that clamps and fittings are tight. Wet spots indicate leaks, but a stain around a fitting or connector can also mean a leak. If a leak comes from a loose fitting or connector, tighten it. If something is broken or worn out, report it to your supervisor. Fluid Leakage. It is necessary for you to know how fluid leakage affects the status of your equipment. The following are definitions of the types/classes of leakage you need to know to be able to determine the status of your machine. Learn and be familiar with them, and remember - when in doubt, notify your supervisor.

NOTE
Operation is allowable with Class I and Class II leakage. WHEN IN DOUBT, NOTIFY YOUR SUPERVISOR. When operating with Class I or Class II leaks, check fluid levels more frequently. Class III leaks must be reported immediately to your supervisor. Failure to do this will result in damage to machine and/or components. Notify Field Maintenance of any leaks the operator cannot fix. Table 1. Leakage Definitions for PMCS. Class I Leakage Class II Leakage Class III Leakage Indicated by wetness or discoloration, but not great enough to form drops. Great enough to form drops, but not enough to cause drops to drip from the item being checked/inspected. Great enough to form drops that fall from the item being checked/inspected.

LUBRICATION PROCEDURES Included in this PMCS are lubrication services to be performed by the operator. Keep all lubricants in an environmental storage container and store in a clean, dry place away from extreme heat. Keep container covers clean and do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign material to mix with lubricants. Keep lubrication equipment clean and ready for use. Clean top of container before opening.

0070-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 LUBRICATION PROCEDURES - Continued

0070

Clean area around lubrication points with solvent cleaning compound or equivalent before lubricating equipment. Keep all external parts of equipment not requiring lubrication free of lubricants. After lubrication, wipe off excess lubricant to prevent accumulation of foreign matter. Maintain a record of lubrication performed and report any problems noted during lubrication. Refer to DA PAM 750-8 for forms and procedures to record and report any findings.

NOTE
Only lubricants authorized for use by the operator are listed in this KEY. Table 2. Key. LUBRICANT/ COMPONENT OE/HDO 15W40/ Engine Crankcase GAA Grease, Automotive and Artillery REFILL CAPACITY 13.96 qt (13.2 L) As Required EXPECTED TEMPERATURES ALL TEMPERATURES ALL TEMPERATURES

Every 8 to 15 hours of Operation: Check Engine Oil Level. When checking the oil level, the engine should be level and must not be running. Remove any dirt in the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1) area.
1

Figure 1. Dipstick. Check oil level at the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1). Fill as necessary up to the top line on the dipstick. Every 24 Hours of Operation: Lightly lubricate two water turret lube points with GAA after each 24 hours of accumulated use.

0070-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 LUBRICATION PROCEDURES - Continued

0070

LUBE POINT

LUBE POINT

Figure 2. Water Turret Lube Points. Lightly lubricate all hatch and door hinges, latches, control linkages, and exposed adjusting threads with OE/HDO. Use GAA on three hose reels points.
LUBE POINT

LUBE POINT

LUBE POINT

Figure 3. Hose Reel Lube Points END OF WORK PACKAGE

0070-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

0071

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) ITEM NO. 1 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Ladder EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Before

PROCEDURE

WARNING

Keep hands and fingers clear of ladder rungs and sides when placing ladder in the stowed position. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 1. Check that ladder is present and secured with tie down strap: a. Tie down strap Ladder is missing or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

LADDER

TIE DOWN STRAP

Figure 1. Ladder. 2 Before Petcock Valves 1. Ensure that all petcock valves are closed. Any petcock valve is missing, or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

PETCOCK

PETCOCK PETCOCK VALVES

Figure 2. Petcock Valves. 3 Before Engine 1. Remove rear engine access cover (WP 0082). Check for evidence of leakage of the following fluids on, or under water distributor: a. Oil b. Antifreeze c. Fuel Class III or any fuel leak is evident.

0071-3

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

ENGINE

Figure 3. Engine. 4 Before Engine Oil

WARNING

Prolonged contact with lubricating oil may cause skin rash. Immediately wash skin and clothing thoroughly and remove saturated clothing that comes in contact with lubricating oil. Keep area well-ventilated to keep fumes at a minimum. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0071-4

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Class III leak is evident, engine oil level is not within specified range, or dipstick is missing or broken.

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE 1. Check that engine oil level is between High and Low line on dipstick.

DIPSTICK

LOW LINE

HIGH LINE

Figure 4. Engine Oil. 5 Before Engine Coolant 1. Check that engine coolant level is half full in coolant reservoir. Class III leak is evident, coolant level is low, or reservoir is broken.

0071-5

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

COOLANT RESERVOIR

Figure 5. Engine Coolant. 6 Before Fuel/Water Separator

WARNING

DO NOT smoke or permit any open flame in area of water distributor while you are servicing fuel system. Be sure hose nozzle is grounded against filler tube during refueling to prevent static electricity. Failure to comply may result in injury or death. DO NOT perform fuel system checks,

0071-6

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE inspections, or maintenance while smoking or near fire, flames, or sparks. Fuel may ignite, causing injury, death or damage to equipment. Operating personnel must wear fuel-resistant gloves when handling fuels. If exposed to fuel, promptly wash exposed skin and change fuelsoaked clothing. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

NOTE
Drain fuel into suitable container. 1. Turn drain cock on bottom of bowl to open contaminant drain valve. Keep drain open until only pure fuel is flowing out of drain tube. Close drain valve by turning drain cock.

0071-7

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE
FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR

BOWL

DRAIN COCK

Figure 6. Fuel/Water Separator. 2. Check fuel/water separator for leaks and damage. 7 Before Engine Drive Belt 1. Visually inspect engine drive belt. Any fuel leak is evident. Belt is missing, frayed or cracked.

0071-8

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT COVER SHOWN REMOVED FOR CLARITY

DRIVE BELT

Figure 7. Engine Drive Belt. 8 Before Air Filter Restriction 1. Visually check restriction indicator for air filter serviceability and the following for obvious signs of damage. If indicator indicates air filter needs service, service air filter (WP 0085). If indicator indicates air filter needs service after cleaning, notify Field Maintenance. a. Air cleaner assembly b. Two latches Indicator indicates air filter needs service. Air cleaner assembly has damage that will impair operation.

0071-9

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED
AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

RESTRICTION INDICATOR

LATCH

Figure 8. Air Cleaner. 9 Before Batteries

WARNING

BATTERIES To avoid shock when disconnecting the batteries, ensure that the negative terminal is disconnected first and the system power is turned off. Failure to comply may result in serious injury

0071-10

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE or death to personnel and/or damage to equipment. 1. Remove battery box cover (WP 0081). Check the batteries, electrolyte level, and the following hardware for presence, and obvious signs of damage: a. Terminals b. Terminal covers c. Battery hold down d. Rubber t-handles

Terminals, battery cables, or battery hold down has damage that will impair operation. Cells are low, empty, or cracked.

RUBBER T-HANDLE BATTERY TERMINAL TERMINAL HOLD DOWN COVER CELLS

BATTERIES

Figure 9. Batteries. 10 Before NATO Slave 1. Check NATO slave and following hardware for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Cap b. Tether NATO slave has any damage that will impair operation.

0071-11

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

CAP

NATO SLAVE

TETHER

Figure 10. NATO Slave. 11 Before Connection Point C1 Cover and Seal 1. Inspect seal on connection point C1 cover. Seal is missing or has damaged that will impair operation.

0071-12

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

CONNECTION C1

CONNECTION POINT COVER

SEAL

Figure 11. Connection Point C1. 12 Before Hoses and Retaining Screws 1. Check that hoses are present, and the following hardware for obvious signs of damage: a. Retaining screws b. Hose connection covers c. Hose connection cover chains Hoses are missing, or have damage that will impair operation.

0071-13

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

HOSE CONNECTION COVER

HOSE

RETAINING SCREW

HOSE CONNECTION COVER CHAIN

Figure 12. Hoses and Retaining Screws. 13 Before Floating Strainer 1. Check that strainer is present and the following hardware for presence and obvious signs of damage. a. Tie down strap b. Cap c. Chain Floating strainer is missing or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-14

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

FLOATING STRAINER

TIE DOWN CAP STRAP

CAP CHAIN

Figure 13. Floating Strainer. 14 Before Vent 1. Visually check vent for restrictions and obvious signs of damage. Vent is clogged or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-15

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

VENT

Figure 14. Vent. 15 Before Tank 1. Check the tank and welds for cracks, leaks, and obvious signs of damage. Class III leak is evident, tank has cracks or obvious damage that will impair operation.

TANK

Figure 15. Tank. 16 Before Water Level Indicator 1. Check the following hardware for presence and obvious signs of damage: 0071-16 Switch(es), needle, gauge, wiring or con-

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: nectors are missing, or have damage that will impair operation.

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE a. High water level switch b. Low water level switch c. Dial indicator switch d. Wiring e. Electrical connectors f. Needle g. Gauge

LOW WATER LEVEL SWITCH

GAUGE

HIGH WATER LEVEL SWITCH WIRING

DIAL INDICATOR SWITCH

NEEDLE

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

Figure 16. Water Level Indicator. 17 Before Fuel Tank

WARNING

DO NOT smoke or permit any open flame in area of water

0071-17

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE distributor while you are servicing fuel system. Be sure hose nozzle is grounded against filler tube during refueling to prevent static electricity. Failure to comply may result in injury or death. DO NOT perform fuel system checks, inspections, or maintenance while smoking or near fire, flames, or sparks. Fuel may ignite, causing injury, death or damage to equipment. Operating personnel must wear fuel-resistant gloves when handling fuels. If exposed to fuel, promptly wash exposed skin and change fuelsoaked clothing. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 1. Check that the fuel level is enough to perform mission, the tank for leaks or cracks, and the following hardware for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Fuel cap b. Fuel cap chain c. Fuel gauge d. Hoses e. Clamps f. Fittings

Any fuel leak is evident. Fuel level is inadequate, or tank has cracks or damage that will impair operation.

0071-18

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

FITTING

CLAMPS

HOSE

FUEL TANK FUEL GAUGE

FUEL CAP CHAIN FUEL CAP

Figure 17. Fuel Tank. 18 Before UPIK Interface Kit 1. Check UPIK and the following hardware for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Cap b. Air hose cap c. Cap chain d. Pins e. Cable seal UPIK interface kit has damage that will impair operation.

0071-19

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

PINS AIR HOSE CAP

CABLE SEAL

CAP

CAP CHAIN

Figure 18. UPIK Interface Kit. 19 Before Stowage Box 1. Check that two stowage box latches and door operate correctly. Stowage box door will not latch or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-20

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

DOOR

LATCHES

Figure 19. Stowage Box. 20 Before Fire Extinguisher

WARNING

Fire extinguisher contents are under pressure. Do not puncture or incinerate. DO NOT store at high temperatures above 120F (49C). Avoid inhaling the extinguishing agent. Avoid inhaling smoke and fumes - all fires release toxic substances that are harmful. DO NOT remain in a closed area after use. Evacuate the area immediately and ventilate thoroughly before re-entering.

0071-21

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE Although extinguishing agents are non-toxic when properly used, contact with them may cause irritation to eyes, nose, and throat and other allergic symptoms. Failure to comply with the above warnings could result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment. 1. Check that fire extinguisher is present, and has the following: a. Proper pressure b. Proper seal condition c. Proper expiration date

Fire extinguisher is missing or damaged, pressure gauge needle is in the red area, seal is broken, or expired.

0071-22

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

SEAL

PRESSURE GAUGE

Figure 20. Fire Extinguisher. 21 Before Safety Chain 1. Check that safety chain is present and free from damage. Safety chain is missing, or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-23

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

SAFETY CHAIN

Figure 21. Safety Chain. 22 Before Folding Handrail 1. Check that folding handrail is free from obvious signs of damage. Check that the following hardware is present: a. Retaining pins b. Cables Handrail or retaining pins have damage that will impair operation.

0071-24

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED
RETAINING PIN

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE
FOLDING HANDRAIL

EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

CABLE

Figure 22. Folding Handrail. 23 Before Control Box 1. Check control box, and the following for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Cover b. Rubber T-handle Control box has damage that will impair operation.

0071-25

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

CONTROL BOX

RUBBER T-HANDLE

COVER

Figure 23. Control Box. 24 Before Water Turret 1. Check Water Turret, and the following hardware for presence and obvious signs damage: a. Lock knobs b. Handle c. Connection point cover d. Chain Lock knobs, or water turret have damage that will impair operation.

0071-26

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE
CONNECTION POINT COVER CHAIN

WATER TURRET

HANDLE

LOCK KNOB

Figure 24. Water Turret. 25 Before Manhole Cover 1. Check that manhole cover is closed and secured. Manhole will not secure.

0071-27

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

MANHOLE COVER

Figure 25. Manhole Cover. 26 Before Hose Reel 1. Check hose reel and the following for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Hose b. Crank handle c. Retaining pin Hose reel, or hose has damage that will impair operation. Crank handle is missing or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-28

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

HOSE REEL

HOSE

RETAINING PIN

CRANK HANDLE

Figure 26. Hose Reel. 27 Before Sprinkler 1. Check sprinklers for obvious signs of damage. Sprinkler(s) have damage that will impair operation.

0071-29

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED
SPRINKLERS

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

Figure 27. Sprinklers. 28 Before Air Oiler 1. Check air oiler for obvious signs of damage, and visually check oil level through site glass. Class III leak is evident. Oil level is below full line, or air oiler has damage that will impair operation.

0071-30

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

AIR OILER

SIGHT GLASS

Figure 28. Air Oiler. 29 Before Air Actuators 1. Check Air actuators for obvious signs of damage. Class III leak is evident. Air actuator(s) have damage that will impair operation.

0071-31

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

AIR ACTUATORS

Figure 29. Air Actuators. 30 Before Sprinkler Bar 1. Check sprinkler bar for obvious signs of damage. Sprinkler bar has damage that will impair operation.

0071-32

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

SPRINKLER BAR

Figure 30. Sprinkler Bar. 31 Before Work Lights 1. Check work lights for proper operation, and the following for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Lenses b. Housing c. Wiring Work lights have damage that will impair operation.

0071-33

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED
WORKLIGHT

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

HOUSING

WIRING

LENS

Figure 31. Work Lights. 32 During Engine 1. Listen for the following during engine operation (WP 0005): a. Unusual noise b. Misfiring c. Rough idling Engine is idling rough, misfiring, or making unusual noise.

0071-34

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

ENGINE

Figure 32. Engine. 33 During Exhaust

WARNING

Engine components become hot during normal operation. Allow engine to cool completely prior to performing this task. If necessary, use insulated pads and gloves. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 1. Listen for the following during engine operation (WP 0005): a. Leaks Exhaust system has leak(s), or making unusual noise.

0071-35

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE b. Unusual noise

EXHAUST SYSTEM

Figure 33. Exhaust System. 34 During Gauges and Indicators 1. Monitor the following gauges and indicators during operation for abnormal readings: a. Engine Oil pressure Gauge. Engine oil pressure gauge should read 7 psi (48 kPa) at normal idle, and 21 psi (145 kPa) during spraying operations. If gauge goes below 7 psi (48 kPa) at normal idle, or below 21 psi (145 kPa) during spraying operations, notify Field Maintenance. b. Engine Temperature Gauge. Engine temperature gauge should read between 170 - 190 F (77-88 C). If gauge stays below 160 F or goes above 220 F (104 C) notify Field Maintenance. Any gauge or indicator has abnormal reading.

0071-36

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE c. Battery Voltage Gauge. Battery voltage gauge should read between 24-28 VDC during operation. If voltage gauge reads below 24VDC, or higher than 28 VDC, notify Field Maintenance. d. Engine Speed Gauge e. Water Pump Inlet Gauge f. Water Pump Outlet Gauge g. Water Level High Indicator h. Water Level Low Indicator

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

ENGINE TEMPERATURE GAUGE

WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR ENGINE SPEED GAUGE

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE

WATER PUMP INLET GAUGE

WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR

WATER PUMP OUTLET GAUGE

Figure 34. Controls and Indicators. 35 During Safety Chain 1. Ensure safety chain attached to hook. Safety chain is not in place.

0071-37

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

SAFETY CHAIN

Figure 35. Safety Chain. 36 During Work Lights 1. Check work lights for proper operation. Work lights are inoperative or have damage that will impair operation.

0071-38

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

WORK LIGHTS

Figure 36. Work Lights. 37 During Sprinkler 1. Check that material sprays properly from sprinkler heads. Sprinkler(s) are clogged.

0071-39

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED
SPRINKLERS

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

Figure 37. Sprinklers. 38 During Hose Reel 1. Check that hose reel operates properly, and that hose is free of leaks and obvious signs of damage. Class III leak is evident. Hose or reel has damage that will impair operation.

0071-40

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

HOSE REEL

HOSE

Figure 38. Hose Reel. 39 During Sprinkler Bar 1. Check that material flows properly from sprinkler bar. Sprinkler bar is clogged

0071-41

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

SPRINKLER BAR

Figure 39. Sprinkler Bar. 40 After Engine 1. Remove rear engine access cover (WP 0082). Check for evidence of leakage of the following fluids on, or under water distributor: a. Oil b. Antifreeze c. Fuel Class III or any fuel leak is evident.

0071-42

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

FUEL

OIL

ENGINE ANTIFREEZE

Figure 40. Engine. 41 After Air Filter Restriction Indicator 1. Visually check air filter restriction indicator (WP 0085). Indicator is damaged or indicates air filter needs serviced.

0071-43

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

Figure 41. Air Filter Restriction Indicator. 42 After Engine Oil Level 1. Remove rear engine access cover (WP 0082). Check that engine oil level is between bottom, and top line on dipstick Oil level is below bottom line, excessively over top line, or dipstick is missing or damaged.

0071-44

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

DIPSTICK

LOW LINE

HIGH LINE

Figure 42. Engine Oil Level. 43 After Hoses and Connection Point Covers 1. Check hoses for presence and that they are properly stowed. 2. Check all connection point covers and the following hardware for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Tethers b. Seals c. Adapter screens Hoses are missing or not properly stowed. Adapter screens are clogged. Connection point cover(s), seals, adapter screens, or hardware is missing or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-45

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE
HOSES

SCREEN

SCREENS

TETHER

CONNECTION POINT COVER

SEAL TETHER CONNECTION POINT COVERS

Figure 43. Hoses and Connection Point Covers. 44 After Floating Strainer 1. Check floating strainer for presence, and that it is properly stowed. Floating strainer is missing or is not properly stowed.

0071-46

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

FLOATING STRAINER

Figure 44. Floating Strainer. 45 After Tank 1. Check the tank and welds for cracks, leaks, and obvious signs of damage. Class III leak is evident. Tank has cracks, or damage that will impair operation.

0071-47

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

TANK

Figure 45. Tank. 46 After Fuel Tank

WARNING

DO NOT smoke or permit any open flame in area of water distributor while you are servicing fuel system. Be sure hose nozzle is grounded against filler tube during refueling to prevent static electricity. Failure to comply may result in injury or death. DO NOT perform fuel system checks, inspections, or maintenance while smoking or near fire, flames, or sparks. Fuel may ignite, causing injury, death or damage to equipment.

0071-48

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE Operating personnel must wear fuel-resistant gloves when handling fuels. If exposed to fuel, promptly wash exposed skin and change fuelsoaked clothing. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 1. Check fuel tank for leaks or cracks, and the following hardware for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Fuel cap b. Fuel cap chain c. Fuel gauge d. Hoses e. Clamps f. Fittings

Any fuel leak is evident. Fuel tank or hardware has damage that will impair operation.

0071-49

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

FITTING

CLAMPS

HOSE

FUEL TANK FUEL GAUGE

FUEL CAP CHAIN FUEL CAP

Figure 46. Fuel Tank. 47 After UPIK Interface Kit 1. Check the UPIK and the following hardware for presence, and obvious signs of damage: a. Cap b. Air hose cap c. Chain d. Pins e. Cable seal UPIK interface kit has damage that will impair operation.

0071-50

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

PINS AIR HOSE CAP

CABLE SEAL

CAP

CAP CHAIN

Figure 47. UPIK Interface Kit. 48 After Stowage Box 1. Check that the stowage box is closed and latched. Stowage box will not close and latch properly.

0071-51

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

DOOR

LATCHES

Figure 48. Stowage Box. 49 After Ladder

WARNING

Keep hands and fingers clear of ladder rungs and sides when placing ladder in the stowed position. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 1. Check that ladder for present, and that properly stowed. Ladder is missing or not properly stowed.

0071-52

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

LADDER

Figure 49. Ladder. 50 After Hose Reel 1. Check that hose is properly stowed, and the following for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Hose b. Crank handle c. Retaining pins Hose is not properly stowed. Crank handle is missing, or has damage that will impair operation. Hose reel or hose has damage that will impair operation.

0071-53

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

HOSE REEL

HOSE

RETAINING PIN

CRANK HANDLE

Figure 50. Hose Reel. 51 After Sprinkler 1. Check that sprinklers are present and free from obvious signs of damage. Sprinkler(s) are missing, or have damage that will impair operation.

0071-54

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED
SPRINKLERS

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

Figure 51. Sprinklers. 52 After Rollers 1. Check rollers for the following: a. Ensure that retaining pins and holding pins are free of corrosion. b. Ensure that roller will rotate. c. Ensure roll pins are not damaged. Neither roller functions correctly or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-55

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

REAR VIEW RING RETAINING PIN

HOLDING PIN ROLL PIN ROLLER ROLLER

VIEW FROM UNDERNEATH

Figure 52. Rollers. 53 After Sprinkler Bar 1. Check sprinkler bar for obvious signs of damage. Sprinkler bar has damage that will impair operation.

0071-56

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

SPRINKLER BAR

Figure 53. Sprinkler Bar. 54 Weekly Exhaust System 1. Check the following exhaust system components for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Muffler b. Tail pipe c. Clamps d. Brackets Exhaust system has missing hardware, or damage that will impair operation.

0071-57

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED
BRACKETS MUFFLER

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

CLAMP

TAIL PIPE

Figure 54. Exhaust System. 55 Weekly Batteries

WARNING

BATTERIES To avoid shock when disconnecting the batteries, ensure that the negative terminal is disconnected first and the system power is turned off. Failure to comply may result in serious injury

0071-58

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE or death to personnel and/or damage to equipment. 1. Remove battery box cover (WP 0081). Check the following battery components for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Batteries b. Battery cables c. Battery hold down d. Battery box

Batteries, battery cables, battery box, or hold down is missing, or has damage that will impair operation.

BATTERY HOLD DOWN BATTERY BOX BATTERY CABLE

BATTERIES

Figure 55. Batteries.

0071-59

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. 56 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Fuel Tank EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE

WARNING

DO NOT smoke or permit any open flame in area of water distributor while you are servicing fuel system. Be sure hose nozzle is grounded against filler tube during refueling to prevent static electricity. Failure to comply may result in injury or death. DO NOT perform fuel system checks, inspections, or maintenance while smoking or near fire, flames, or sparks. Fuel may ignite, causing injury, death or damage to equipment. Operating personnel must wear fuel-resistant gloves when handling fuels. If exposed to fuel, promptly wash exposed skin and change fuelsoaked clothing. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 1. Check fuel tank for leaks, cracks, and obvious signs of damage. Any fuel leak is evident. Fuel tank has damage that will impair operation.

0071-60

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED
FUEL TANK

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

Figure 56. Fuel Tank. 57 Weekly UPIK Interface Kit 1. Check UPIK interface kit, and the following for presence, and obvious signs of damage: a. Cap b. Air hose cap c. Chain d. Pins e. Cable seal UPIK or hardware is missing, or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-61

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

PINS AIR HOSE CAP

CABLE SEAL

CAP

CAP CHAIN

Figure 57. UPIK Interface Kit. 58 Weekly Stowage Box 1. Check stowage box for signs of water intrusion, and the following for presence and obvious signs of damage: a. Seal b. Tethers c. Latches Stowage box seal, latches, or tethers are missing, or have damage that will impair operation.

0071-62

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

STOWAGE BOX

LATCHES

SEAL

CABLE

CABLE

Figure 58. Stowage Box. 59 Monthly Air Filter 1. Remove outer air filter element from air cleaner housing, and inspect for cleanliness and serviceability (WP 0085).

0071-63

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

AIR CLEANER OUTER AIR FILTER ELEMENT

Figure 59. Air Filter. 60 SemiAnnual Sheet Metal and Frame 1. Inspect sheet metal, and frame for the following conditions. If any are found, refer to AR 750-59 Army corrosion prevention and control: a. Corrosion b. Surface color changes c. Surface separation d. Blistered paint e. Rust through f. Broken frame rails g. Broken cross members h. Cracked welds i. Other signs of damage Sheet metal or frame has damage that will impair operation.

0071-64

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

FRAME SHEET METAL

Figure 60. Sheet Metal and Frame. 61 SemiAnnual Air Lines, Hoses, and Wiring 1. Check all air lines, hoses, and wiring for proper routing, missing cushion clips, and obvious signs of damage. Any air lines, hoses, or wiring has damage that will impair operation.

0071-65

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED
AIR LINES

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

WIRING

CUSHION CLIP

HOSES

Figure 61. Air Lines, Hoses, and Wiring. 62 SemiAnnual Valves and Connection Point Covers 1. Check all valves for proper operation, and obvious signs of damage. 2. Check all connection point covers for proper seal condition and obvious signs of damage. Any valve does not operate properly, or has damage that will impair operation. Any connection point cover or seal is missing, or has damage that will impair operation.

0071-66

TM 5-3825-270-10

0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued ITEM NO. ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

SEAL

CONNECTION POINT COVER

CONNECTION VALVES POINT COVERS

Figure 62. Valves and Connection Point Covers.

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0071-67/68 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

0072

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

UNPACKING AND DEPROCESSING UNPACKING Upon receipt of new equipment, the receiving organization must see if equipment has been properly prepared for service and is in good condition. Inspect all assemblies, subassemblies, and accessories to be sure they are in proper working order. Secure, clean, and correctly adjust and/or lubricate, as needed (see Field Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Tables and Operator's Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Tables (WP 0070)). Check all tools and equipment to be sure every item is there and in good condition and clean (WP 0087). END OF TASK UNPACKING

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT) Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract, may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C). Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment. Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0072-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 UNPACKING - Continued Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0072

Remove any metal strapping, plywood, tapes, seals, wrapping or any other shipping and protective items. If any parts are coated with lubricating oil, remove it using solvent cleaning compound. Read and follow all instructions contained in DD Form 1397 (WP 0086), "Processing and Deprocessing Record of Shipping, Storage, and Issue of Trucks and Spare Engines". Inspect flatrack for damage incurred during shipping. If flatrack has been damaged, report the damage on SF 364 Supply Discrepancy Report. Check the equipment against the packing slip to ensure shipment is complete. Report all discrepancies in accordance with DA PAM 750-8 (WP 0086). END OF TASK SERVICING Perform the Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services in PMCS. Schedule the next Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services on DD Form 314 (WP 0086), Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record. Report all deficiencies on DA Form 2407 (WP 0086) if the deficiencies appear to involve unsatisfactory design. END OF TASK PACKING Preservation and other protective measures taken in the preparation of material and accompanying tools and equipment for shipment must be sufficient to protect the material against deterioration and physical damage during shipment. Use solvent cleaning compound to clean or wash grease or oil from all metal parts. All surfaces must be clean to ensure removal of corrosion, soil, grease, or residues. After cleaning, use cold water to rinse flatrack. Dry all parts thoroughly with a lint-free cloth. Spot paint all surfaces as necessary TB 430209 (WP 0086). END OF TASK SERVICE BEFORE OPERATION GENERAL 1. 2. Refer to operating instructions for the equipment. Upon receipt of new, used, or reconditioned equipment, the receiving organization must see if it has been properly prepared for service and is in good condition (WP 0070). Inspect all assemblies, subassemblies, and accessories to ensure they are in proper working order. Secure, clean, correctly adjust, and lubricate as needed (see Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) TablesWP 0070)). Check all tools and equipment ( to be sure every item is there and in good condition and clean (WP 0087). Follow general procedures for all services and inspections given in Field Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Tables and Operator's Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Tables (WP 0070) .

3.

0072-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 SERVICE BEFORE OPERATION - Continued SPECIAL SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Tank and Sheet Metal Inspection: a. b. c. 2. a. b. 3. a. b. 4. a. b. c. d. 5. a. b. Inspect tank and sheet metal for evidence of damage during shipment. Check latches and hinges on compartments for proper operation. Check mounting hardware and tighten as necessary. Remove any seals, plugs, or tape used to seal air inlets and ports on the engine during shipping. Check crankcase oil level with dipstick. Inspect engine and cooling hose connections for evidence of leakage. Clean away any obstruction of cooling airflow to radiator. Inspect battery cable connections, clean, and tighten as necessary. Check all lights for burned out lamps, loose connections, and dirty or broken lenses. Ensure that alternator is charging properly. Ensure all electrical equipment functions. Check fuel level and replenish, if necessary. Inspect fuel lines, connections, and filters for evidence of leakage.

0072

Engine Inspection:

Examine air cleaner element for dirty or restricted condition.

Electrical System Inspection:

Fuel Systems Inspection:

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0072-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE BACK FLUSHING

0073

INITIAL SETUP: Equipment Condition Engine OFF.

BACK FLUSHING

NOTE
Water Distributor should have a minimum of 300 gallons of water for back flushing, 1. Remove connection point cover C1 (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

Figure 1. Back Flushing. 2. 3. 4. 5. Open valve V1 (Figure 1, Item 1). Allow fluid to drain until flow appears unrestricted. Close valve V1 (Figure 1, Item 1). Install connection point cover C1 (Figure 1, Item 2). If back flushing fails to clear strainer, notify Field Maintenance to service strainer.

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0073-1/2 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PREPARATION FOR TRANSPORT

0074

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

PREPARATION FOR HIGHWAY, RAIL, OR FIXED WING AIR TRANSPORT 1. 2. Ensure that all switches are in the OFF position and engage emergency stop switch. Fully drain water distributor (WP 0011).

WARNING

Diesel fuel is flammable. Do not perform this procedure near fire, flame or sparks. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 3. 4. 5. Notify field maintenance to drain fuel tank. Close and secure all Basic Issue Items (BII) in stowage box. Using cable tie or suitable lock, secure stowage box door eyelet (Figure 1, Item 1) to stowage box eyelet (Figure 1, Item 2).

0074-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 PREPARATION FOR HIGHWAY, RAIL, OR FIXED WING AIR TRANSPORT - Continued

0074

Figure 1. Preparation For Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport. 6. 7. Ensure folding hand rail is stowed (WP 0077). Ensure manhole cover is closed (WP 0080).

NOTE
Water turret should be stowed as depicted in Figure 2 for ALL modes of transport. 8. Install connection point cap (Figure 2, Item 2).

Figure 2. Preparation For Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport. END OF TASK

0074-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 PLACING WATER DISTRIBUTOR BACK IN SERVICE AFTER HIGHWAY, RAIL, OR FIXED WING AIR TRANSPORT. 1.

0074

Remove cable tie or suitable lock from stowage box door eyelet (Figure 3, Item 1) and stowage box eyelet (Figure 3, Item 2).

Figure 3. Placing Water Distributor Back In Service After Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport. 2. Remove connection point cap (Figure 4, Item 2) and attach desired nozzle to water turret (Figure 4, Item 1).

Figure 4. Placing Water Distributor Back In Service After Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport.

0074-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 PLACING WATER DISTRIBUTOR BACK IN SERVICE AFTER HIGHWAY, RAIL, OR FIXED WING AIR TRANSPORT - Continued.

0074

WARNING

Diesel fuel is flammable. Do not perform this procedure near fire, flame or sparks. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 3. 4. Notify field maintenance to fill fuel tank. Fill water distributor as required (WP 0011).

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0074-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE STOW/UNSTOW ROLLERS

0075

INITIAL SETUP: Equipment Condition Water Distributor loaded on PLS (WP 0007)

STOW 1. Remove two holding pins (Figure 1, Item 1) from retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2).

4 VIEW FROM UNDERNEATH 5 REAR VIEW 3

Figure 1. Stow Rollers. 2. 3. 4. Remove two retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2) and roller (Figure 1, Item 3) from frame (Figure 1, Item 4). Position roller (Figure 1, Item 3) on roller stowage bracket (Figure 1, Item 5) and install two retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2). Install two holding pins (Figure 1, Item 1) in retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK UNSTOW 1. Remove two holding pins (Figure 2, Item 1) from retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 2).

0075-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 UNSTOW - Continued

0075

4 VIEW FROM UNDERNEATH 5 REAR VIEW 3

Figure 2. Unstow Rollers. 2. 3. 4. Remove two retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 2) and roller (Figure 2, Item 3) from roller stowage bracket (Figure 2, Item 5). Install roller (Figure 2, Item 3) on frame (Figure 2, Item 4) with two retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 2). Install two holding pins (Figure 2, Item 1) in retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 2).

END OF TASK FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE Unload water distributor. (WP 0007) END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0075-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE STOW\UNSTOW LADDER

0076

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

UNSTOW LADDER 1. Remove tie down strap (Figure 1, Item 1) and slide ladder (Figure 1, Item 2) out of frame (Figure 1, Item 3).
1 2

Figure 1. Unstow Ladder. 2. Position ladder (Figure 1, Item 2) on the ground with hooks (Figure 1, Item 4 ) facing toward water distributor.

WARNING

Keep fingers away from pinch points. Fingers may be pinched. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

Ladder is intended for use on the water distributor. The two hooks on the ladder must be installed in the holes located on top of the mounting point to use. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0076-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 UNSTOW LADDER - Continued Ensure ladder is stable against vehicle prior to use. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Ensure that the ladder is clean and free of debris or personnel may slip. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0076

NOTE
There are 17 mounting points in which to position ladder on the water distributor. One is shown. 3. Install hooks (Figure 2, Item 4) of ladder (Figure 2, Item 2 ) in holes at desired location on frame (Figure 2, Item 3).
2 3 4

Figure 2. Unstow Ladder. END OF TASK STOW LADDER 1. Remove ladder (Figure 3, Item 2) from frame (Figure 3, Item 3).
2 3 4

Figure 3. Stow Ladder.

0076-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 STOW LADDER - Continued

0076

WARNING

Keep hands and fingers clear of ladder rungs and sides when placing ladder in the stowed position. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 2. 3. Position ladder (Figure 3, Item 2) on the ground in the upright position with hooks (Figure 3, Item 4) facing toward water distributor. Slide ladder (Figure 4, Item 2) into frame (Figure 4, Item 3) with hooks (Figure 4, Item 4) facing up and secure with tie down strap (Figure 4, Item 1).
1 2

Figure 4. Stow Ladder. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0076-3/4 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE STOW/UNSTOW RAILING

0077

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

STOW 1. Remove two retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 1) from folding handrail assembly (Figure 1, Item 2).
1 2

Figure 1. Stow Railing.

WARNING

Keep fingers away from pinch points. Fingers may be pinched. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 2. Fold handrail assembly (Figure 2, Item 2) down into the stowed position, and install two retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 1).

0077-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 STOW - Continued

2

0077

Figure 2. Stow Railing. 3. Secure folding handrail assembly (Figure 3, Item 2) to rear platform (Figure 3, Item 3) with tie down strap.

TIE DOWN STRAP 3

Figure 3. Stow Railing. END OF TASK UNSTOW 1. Release tie down strap from folding handrail assembly (Figure 4, Item 2) and rear platform (Figure 4, Item 3).

0077-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 UNSTOW - Continued

0077

TIE DOWN STRAP 3

Figure 4. Unstow Railing. 2. Remove two retaining pins (Figure 5, Item 1) from folding handrail assembly (Figure 5, Item 2).
2

Figure 5. Unstow Railing.

WARNING

Keep fingers away from pinch points. Fingers may be pinched. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 3. Unfold handrail assembly (Figure 6, Item 2) to the unstowed position, and install retaining pins (Figure 6, Item 1).

0077-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 UNSTOW - Continued

1 2

0077

Figure 6. Unstow Railing. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0077-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE STOW/UNSTOW HOSES

0078

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

UNSTOW FILL HOSES

NOTE
Both fill hoses are removed the same way. Top hose shown. 1. Remove four holding pins (Figure 1, Item 1) from retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2).

4
Figure 1. Unstow Fill Hoses. 2. 3. Remove four retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2) from hose mounting brackets (Figure 1, Item 3). Remove two hoses (Figure 1, Item 4) from hose mounting brackets (Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK STOW FILL HOSES

NOTE
Both fill hoses are stowed the same way. Top hose shown. 1. Place two hoses (Figure 2, Item 4) in hose mounting brackets (Figure 2, Item 3).

0078-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 STOW FILL HOSES - Continued

0078

4
Figure 2. Stow Fill Hoses. 2. 3. Install four retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 2) in hose mounting brackets (Figure 2, Item 3). Install four holding pins (Figure 2, Item 1) in retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK UNWIND HOSE REEL 1. Release tie down strap from frame (Figure 3, Item 1) and hose reel (Figure 3, Item 2).

TIE DOWN STRAP

Figure 3. Unwind Hose Reel. 2. 3. Unlock hose reel (Figure 3, Item 2) by pulling and turning locking pin (Figure 3, Item 3). Remove retaining pin (Figure 4, Item 4) from hose hook (Figure 4, Item 5).

0078-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 UNWIND HOSE REEL - Continued

0078

Figure 4. Unwind Hose Reel. 4. With the aid of an assistant, pull hose (Figure 4, Item 6) to unwind.

END OF TASK RETRACT HOSE REEL 1. Remove retaining pin (Figure 5, Item 7) from crank handle (Figure 5, Item 8) and crank handle from stowage brackets (Figure 5, Item 9).
6 7 8

10

Figure 5. Retract Hose Reel. 2. 3. 4. 5. Install crank handle (Figure 5, Item 8) on slotted shaft (Figure 5, Item 10). Reel hose (Figure 5, Item 6) in by turning crank handle (Figure 5, Item 8) clockwise. Remove crank handle (Figure 5, Item 8) from slotted shaft (Figure 5, Item 10) and return to stowage bracket (Figure 5, Item 9). Secure with retaining pin (Figure 5, Item 7). Place hose (Figure 6, Item 6) in hose hook (Figure 6, Item 5) and secure with retaining pin (Figure 6, Item 4).

0078-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 RETRACT HOSE REEL - Continued

0078

Figure 6. Retract Hose Reel. 6. Lock hose reel (Figure 7, Item 2) into place by aligning hole in hose reel and locking pin (Figure 7, Item 3).

TIE DOWN STRAP

Figure 7. Retract Hose Reel. 7. Secure hose reel (Figure 7, Item 2) to frame (Figure 7, Item 1) with tie down strap.

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0078-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE STOW/UNSTOW FLOATING STRAINER

0079

INITIAL SETUP: Equipment Condition Unstow hoses. (WP 0078)

UNSTOW 1. Release tie down strap (Figure 1, Item 1) from floating strainer (Figure 1, Item 2) and frame (Figure 1, Item 3).
1

Figure 1. Unstow Floating Strainer. 2. Remove floating strainer (Figure 1, Item 2) from frame (Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK STOW 1. Place floating strainer (Figure 2, Item 2) in frame (Figure 2, Item 3).

0079-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 STOW - Continued

1

0079

Figure 2. Stow Floating Strainer. 2. Secure floating strainer (Figure 2, Item 2) to frame (Figure 2, Item 3) with tie down strap (Figure 2, Item 1).

END OF TASK FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE Stow hoses (WP 0078). END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0079-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPEN/CLOSE MANHOLE COVER

0080

INITIAL SETUP: Equipment Condition Unstow railing. (WP 0077) Engine OFF.

OPEN

WARNING
Manhole cover does not lock open. Injury may occur if manhole cover accidentally closes on personnel. 1. Turn T-handle latch (Figure 1, Item 1) counterclockwise and fold T-handle latch down and away from manhole cover (Figure 1, Item 2).
1 2

Figure 1. Open Manhole Cover. 2. Open manhole cover (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK CLOSE

WARNING
Manhole cover does not lock open. Injury may occur if manhole cover accidentally closes on personnel. 1. Close manhole cover (Figure 2, Item 2).

0080-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CLOSE - Continued

1 2

0080

Figure 2. Close Manhole Cover. 2. Place T-handle latch (Figure 2, Item 1) in manhole cover (Figure 2, Item 2) and turn T-handle latch clockwise until tight.

END OF TASK FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE Stow railing. (WP 0077) END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0080-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPEN/CLOSE BATTERY BOX

0081

INITIAL SETUP: Equipment Condition Engine OFF.

OPEN BATTERY BOX COVER

WARNING

To avoid eye injury, eye protection is required when working around batteries. Do not smoke, use open flame, make sparks or create other ignition sources around batteries. If a battery is giving off gases, it can explode. Remove all jewelry, such as rings, ID tags, watches and bracelets. If jewelry contacts a battery terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating of tools, damage to equipment. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 1. Disconnect two rubber hooks (Figure 1, Item 1) from battery box (Figure 1, Item 3).
1 2

Figure 1. Open Battery Box. 2. Lift cover (Figure 1, Item 2) up and away from battery box (Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK

0081-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CLOSE BATTERY BOX COVER

0081

WARNING

To avoid eye injury, eye protection is required when working around batteries. Do not smoke, use open flame, make sparks or create other ignition sources around batteries. If a battery is giving off gases, it can explode. Remove all jewelry, such as rings, ID tags, watches and bracelets. If jewelry contacts a battery terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating of tools, damage to equipment. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

NOTE
Ensure that tabs on battery box cover are properly aligned with holes on battery box. 1. Place cover (Figure 2, Item 2) on battery box (Figure 2, Item 3).
1 2

Figure 2. Close Battery Box. 2. Connect two rubber hooks (Figure 2, Item 1) to battery box (Figure 2, Item 3).

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0081-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPEN/CLOSE ENGINE ACCESS COVERS

0082

INITIAL SETUP: Equipment Condition Engine OFF.

OPEN ENGINE ACCESS COVER

NOTE
Both engine access covers are opened the same way. Rear engine access cover is shown. 1. Turn handle (Figure 1, Item 1) clockwise.

Figure 1. Open Engine Access Cover. 2. Remove engine access cover (Figure 1, Item 2) from frame (Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK CLOSE ENGINE ACCESS COVER

NOTE
Both engine access covers are closed the same way. Rear engine access cover is shown. 1. Install engine access cover (Figure 2, Item 2) on frame (Figure 2, Item 3).

0082-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CLOSE ENGINE ACCESS COVER - Continued

0082

Figure 2. Close Engine Access Cover. 2. Turn handle (Figure 2, Item 1) counterclockwise to stop.

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0082-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE CLEANING

0083

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

CLEANING SOLVENTS

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT) Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract, may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C). Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment. Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0083-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 CLEANING SOLVENTS - Continued

0083

WARNING

Compressed air used for cleaning and drying purposes must not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and proper protective equipment (goggles, shield, gloves, etc.). Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Use only approved cleaning solvents to clean parts. Solvent cleaning compound is commonly used. Always work in a well-ventilated area. END OF TASK REMOVING DEPOSITS

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT) Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract, may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C). Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment. Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts

0083-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 REMOVING DEPOSITS - Continued eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0083

Soak parts in Solvent cleaning compound and wash away deposits by flushing or spraying. When necessary, brush with a soft bristle brush (not wire) moistened in solvent. Use compressed air to dry parts, except bearings, after cleaning. Bearings must drip and air dry. END OF TASK TOOLS Do not use wire brushes, abrasive wheels, or compounds to clean parts unless specifically approved in the detailed procedures. Parts may be scratched or altered and may weaken a highly stressed part. END OF TASK BALL AND ROLLER BEARINGS

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT) Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract, may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C). Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment. Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts

0083-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 BALL AND ROLLER BEARINGS - Continued eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0083

When cleaning ball or roller bearings, place them in a basket and suspend them in a container of solvent cleaning compound. If needed, use a brush to remove caked grease, chips, etc. Avoid rotating bearing before solid particles are removed to prevent damaging races and balls. When bearings have been cleaned, coat them lightly with lubricating oil to remove solvent. END OF TASK RUBBER PARTS

CAUTION
Do not clean lubricant seals, rubber hoses, or electrical components with solvent mixture. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. Do not clean preformed packings or rubber parts in solvent cleaning compound. Wipe parts clean with a dry, cleaning cloth. END OF TASK EXTERIOR PARTS

WARNING

Steam cleaning creates hazardous noise levels and severe burn potential. Eye, skin, and ear protection is required. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Steam clean all exterior parts thoroughly before removing. This will make inspection and disassembly easier. END OF TASK ENGINE AND FRAME

WARNING

Solvents used with a spray gun must be used in a spray booth with a filter. Face shield must be used by personnel operating spray gun. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Use a spray gun and solvent mixture for cleaning of engine and frame. Allow mixture to remain on item surface for 10 minutes before rinsing. Rinse with hot water at 80 to 120 psi (551 to 827 Kpa), if available. An ordinary garden hose with nozzle may be used if other equipment is not available. Rinse thoroughly. END OF TASK

0083-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 WATER TANK AND SPRAYING EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE

0083

Immediately following the use of soil stabilization additive or equivalent, the Water Distributor and all spraying equipment MUST be flushed through all valves and ports that the product came in contact with. The Water Distributor must be flushed three times using 1,000 gallons (3,785.4 L) of water by using the recommended practice: Drain all existing material/liquid at the 5" hydrant port Fill tank with 1000 gallons of water, flush a combined 800 gallons of water through the water turret and flusher nozzles, drain remaining 200 gallons at 5" hydrant port (C2) Fill tank with 1000 gallons of water, flush a combined 800 gallons of water through the water turret, flusher nozzles and hose reel, drain remaining 200 gallons at 5" hydrant port (C2) Fill tank with 1000 gallons of water, flush a combined 500 gallons of water through the water turret and flusher nozzles, use 200 gallons to rinse soil additive residue from rear of module using the hose reel, drain remaining 300 gallons at the 2.5" hydrant ports (C3 and C4), gravity bar and petcocks (P1, P2, P3, P4) END OF TASK DEGREASING MACHINE

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT) Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract, may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C). Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment. Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0083-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 DEGREASING MACHINE - Continued

0083

WARNING

Never use fuel to clean parts. Fuel is highly flammable. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

CAUTION
To prevent corrosion, parts should be dipped in rust preventive within two hours of degreasing. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. A degreasing machine may be used to remove heavy grease and oil from metal parts. END OF TASK PASSAGES

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT) Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract, may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C). Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment. Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.

0083-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 PASSAGES - Continued If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0083

After degreasing, check all oil passages and cavities for dirt or blockage before coating with lubricating oil. Run a thin, flexible wire through oil passages to make sure they are not clogged. Use a pressure spray gun and solvent cleaning compound to clean dirty passages. END OF TASK ELECTRICAL PARTS

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT) Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract, may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C). Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment. Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel. If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0083-7

TM 5-3825-270-10 ELECTRICAL PARTS - Continued

0083

Electrical parts, such as coils, junction blocks, and switches should not be soaked or sprayed with cleaning solutions. Clean these parts with a clean cloth moistened with solvent cleaning compound. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0083-8

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE DATA PLATES AND STENCILS

0084

INITIAL SETUP: Not Applicable

DATA PLATES Data plates and stencils see below:

Figure 1. Data Plates.

Figure 2. Data Plates.

0084-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 DATA PLATES - Continued

0084

Figure 3. Data Plates. END OF TASK STENCILS 1. The words "SLAVE", "24 VOLTS DC", and "NO STEP" are stenciled on the battery box cover.

Figure 4. Stencils. 2. The words "FORK LIFT EMPTY ONLY" are stenciled on both sides of the water distributor.

0084-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 STENCILS - Continued

0084

Figure 5. Stencils. 3. The words "NON-POTABLE WATER" are stenciled on both sides of the water distributor.

0084-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 STENCILS - Continued

0084

Figure 6. Stencils. 4. The words "TIE DOWN" and "LIFT" are stenciled on each corner of the frame.

0084-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 STENCILS - Continued

0084

Figure 7. Stencils. 5. The designation "DF2/JP8" and the word "DIESEL" are stenciled on the fuel tank.

0084-5

TM 5-3825-270-10 STENCILS - Continued

0084

Figure 8. Stencils. 6. "V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, and V8" are stenciled at each corresponding valve.

0084-6

TM 5-3825-270-10 STENCILS - Continued

0084

Figure 9. Stencils. 7. The words "NO STEP" and "HOT EXHAUST" are stenciled on the engine module.

0084-7

TM 5-3825-270-10 STENCILS - Continued

0084

Figure 10. Stencils. 8. The words "DANGER, CONFINED SPACE, DO NOT ENTER, REFER TO TECHNICAL MANUAL, PERMIT REQUIRED", and "NO STEP" are stenciled on the top of the water distributor tank.

0084-8

TM 5-3825-270-10 STENCILS - Continued

0084

Figure 11. Stencils. 9. The words "LIFT HERE" are stenciled on the folding handrail assembly.

Figure 12. Stencils. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0084-9/10 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OUTER AIR FILTER ELEMENT REMOVAL/SERVICE/INSTALLATION

0085

INITIAL SETUP: Materials/Parts Rag, Wiping Equipment Condition Engine OFF.

REMOVAL

CAUTION
Do not run engine after air filter element has been removed. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. Do not determine air filter serviceability through visual inspection. Visual inspection may lead to over servicing of air filters. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 1. Check air filter restriction indicator (Figure 1, Item 1) to determine air filter serviceability.

4
Figure 1. Air Filter Element Removal. 2. Release two latches (Figure 1, Item 4) and remove air cleaner housing cover (Figure 1, Item 3) from air cleaner housing (Figure 1, Item 2).

CAUTION
Ensure inner air filter element is not removed when removing outer air filter element. If inner air filter element is accidentally removed, immediately reinstall inner air filter. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 3. Remove outer air filter element (Figure 2, Item 5) from air cleaner housing (Figure 2, Item 2).

0085-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 REMOVAL - Continued

2

0085

Figure 2. Air Filter Element Removal. END OF TASK SERVICE 1. Inspect outer air filter element (Figure 3, Item 1) for signs of obvious damage. Replace if damaged.

Figure 3. Air Filter Element Service.

0085-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 SERVICE - Continued

0085

WARNING

Compressed air used for cleaning and drying purposes must not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and proper protective equipment (goggles, shield, gloves, etc.). Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. 2. Clean air filter element (Figure 3, Item 1) using only light brushing, or mild compressed air.

CAUTION
Do not remove inner air filter element. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. Do not use compressed air to clean air filter housing. Contaminants could enter engine. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. 3. Clean inside of air cleaner housing (Figure 4, Item 2) with a clean, damp rag to remove contaminants.
2

Figure 4. Air Filter Element Service. END OF TASK INSTALLATION 1. Install outer air filter element (Figure 5, Item 5) in air cleaner housing (Figure 5, Item 2).

0085-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 INSTALLATION - Continued

2

0085

Figure 5. Air Filter Element Installation. 2. Install air cleaner housing cover (Figure 6, Item 3) with the word TOP facing up on air cleaner housing (Figure 6, Item 2) and secure with two latches (Figure 6, Item 4).

2 3

4
Figure 6. Air Filter Element Installation. 3. Reset air filter restriction indicator (Figure 7, Item 1) by pressing in on rubber diaphragm (Figure 7, Item 6).

0085-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 INSTALLATION - Continued

0085

Figure 7. Air Filter Element Installation. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0085-5/6 blank

TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 6 SUPPORTING INFORMATION

TM 5-3825-270-10 FIELD MAINTENANCE REFERENCES

0086

SCOPE This work package lists all the pamphlets, forms, field manuals, technical manuals, and other publications referred to in this manual. Also, those publications that should be consulted for additional information about water distributor operations are listed. DEPARTMENT OF ARMY PAMPHLETS MILITARY PUBLICATION INDEXES DA PAM 750-8 The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual

FORMS DA Form 2028 DA Form 2404 DA Form 2407 DD Form 314 DD Form 1397 SF 368 DA Form 5988-E SF 364 FIELD MANUALS FM 21-10 TECHNICAL MANUALS TM 5-3825-270-10 TM 5-3825-270-23&P Water Distributor Operator Manual Field Maintenance Manual Including Sustainment Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools List for EMM Water Distributor Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use (U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command) Operator's Manual for Truck, Tractor, M1074 and M1075 Palletized Load System (PLS) Field Hygiene and Sanitation Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet Maintenance Request Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record Processing and Deprocessing Record for Shipment, Storage, and Issue of Vehicles and Spare Engines Quality Deficiency Report Equipment Inspection/Maintenance Worksheet (EGA) Supply Discrepancy Report

TM 750-244-6 TM 9-2320-364-10

0086-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0086

TECHNICAL MANUALS - Continued TM 9-2320-364-14&P TM 9-247 Interactive Electronic Technical Manual for Palletzied Load System (PLS) M1074, M1075, M1076, M1077 Material used for Cleaning, Preserving, Abrading, and Cementing Ordnance Material and Related Material including Chemicals.

MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS TB 43-0209 LO-5-3825-270-13 TB 750-651 CTA 50-970 SF 368 END OF WORK PACKAGE Color, Marking, and Camouflage Painting of Military Vehicles, Construction Equipment, and Materials handling Equipment Lubrication Order for EMM Water Distributor Use of Antifreeze Multi-Engine Type Cleaning Compounds and Test Kit in Engine Cooling System Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Item) Product Quality Deficiency Report

0086-2

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS

0087

INTRODUCTION Scope This appendix lists components of end item and basic issue items for the Water Distributor, to help inventory items required for safe and efficient operation. General The Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items Lists are divided into the following sections: Section II. Components of End Item This listing is for informational purposes only, and is not authority for requisition replacements. These items are part of the end item, but are removed and separately packaged for transportation or shipment. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end item whenever it is issued or transferred between property accounts. Illustrations are furnished to assist in identifying the items. Section III. Basic Issue Items These are the minimum essential items required to place the Water Distributor in operation, to operate it, and to perform emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be with the Water Distributor during operation and whenever it is transferred between property accounts. The illustrations will assist with hard-to-identify items. This manual is the authority to request/requisition replacement BII, based on TOE/MTOE authorization of the end item. Explanation of Columns The following provides an explanation of columns found in the tabular listings: Column (1) - Item Number Gives you the reference number of the item listed. Column (2) - National Stock Number (NSN) and Illustration. Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for requisitioning purposes and provides an illustration of the item. Column (3) - Description, Part Number/(CAGEC). Identifies the Federal item name (in all capital letters) followed by a minimum description when needed. The stowage location of COEI and BII is also included in this column. The last line below the description is the part number and the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) (in parentheses). Column (4) - Usable On Code When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for different models of equipment. These codes are identified below: Column (5) - U/I Unit of Issue (U/I) 0087-1

TM 5-3825-270-10 INTRODUCTION - Continued

0087

U/I. Unit of Issue (U/I) indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the National Stock Number shown in column (2). Column (6) - Qty Indicates the quantity required. Table 1. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (1) (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) (3) (4) (5) (6)

ITEM NUMBER 1

DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/(CAGEC) There are no COEI items.

USABLE ON CODE

U/I

QTY RQR

0087-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0087

Table 2. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (1) ITEM NUMBER 1 (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION 8105-01-590-0048 (3) DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/(CAGEC) BAG, TOOL 6001877(80195) (4) USABLE ON CODE (5) U/I EA (6) QTY RQR 1

4210-01-590-6095

ADAPTER, FIRE HYDRANT 5252282(80195)

EA

4730-01-505-5530

ADAPTER, MALE 200 A(1G3R1)

EA

0087-3

TM 5-3825-270-10

0087

Table 2. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - Continued (1) ITEM NUMBER 4 (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION 4730-01-505-6777 (3) DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/(CAGEC) COUPLING HALF, QUICK 200D(1G3R1) (4) USABLE ON CODE (5) U/I EA (6) QTY RQR 1

4730-01-591-1054

NIPPLE, REDUCER RN300-200(1G3R1)

EA

4210-00-775-0127

FIRE X-5 LB PURPLE K DRY CHEMICAL 6001922(80195)

EA

0087-4

TM 5-3825-270-10

0087

Table 2. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - Continued (1) ITEM NUMBER 7 (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION 4210-01-590-6068 (3) DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/(CAGEC) WRENCH, FIRE HOSE FITTING 5252280(80195) (4) USABLE ON CODE (5) U/I EA (6) QTY RQR 2

4210-01-590-6089

WRENCH, FIRE HYDRANT 6604013(80195)

EA

5120-01-367-6977

HEX KEY BL8(75347)

EA

0087-5

TM 5-3825-270-10

0087

Table 2. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - Continued (1) ITEM NUMBER 10 (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION 4730-01-591-1015 (3) DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/(CAGEC) COUPLING, BOSS 300D(1G3R1) (4) USABLE ON CODE (5) U/I EA (6) QTY RQR 1

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0087-6

TM 5-3825-270-10

0088

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE EXPENDABLE/DURABLE ITEMS LIST

Introduction Scope This work package lists expendable and durable items that you will need to operate and maintain the Water Distributor. This list is for information only and is not authority to requistion the listed items. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), CTA 50-909, Field and Garrison Furnishings and Equipment or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items. Explanation of Columns Column (1) - Item Number This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is referenced in the narrative instructions to identify the item (e.g., Use wiping rag (WP 0088, item 33)). Column (2) - Level This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item. C -- Operator/Crew O -- Service F -- Field H -- Below Depot D -- Depot Column (3) - National Stock Number (NSN) This is the NSN assigned to the item which you can use to requisition it. Column (4) - Item Name, Description, Part Number/(CAGEC) This column provides the other information you need to identify the item. The last line below the description is the part number and the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) (in parentheses). Column (5) - Unit of Issue (U/I) Unit of Issue (U/I) code shows the physical measurement or count of an item, such as gallon, dozen, gross, etc.

0088-1

TM 5-3825-270-10

0088

Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List (1) ITEM NO. 1 (2) LEVEL C (3) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) 6810-01-075-5546 (4) ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/ (CAGEC) Alcohol, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl 4-ounce bottle 7618-19-4 53390 Antiseize Compound 2 C 8030-00-155-6444 Antiseize Compound 12 OR 16 oz aerosol can 76759 05972 Cable Ties 3 C 4310-01-115-2297 Cable Ties TY525MX 56501 Cleaning Compound, Solvent 4 5 6 7 8 C C C C C 6850-01-474-2319 6850-01-474-2317 6850-01-474-2316 6850-01-474-2318 6850-01-474-2320 Cleaning Compound, Solvent 1 gallon can MIL-PRF-680 81349 Cleaning Compound, Solvent 5 gallon can MIL-PRF-680 81349 Cleaning Compound, Solvent 55 gallon drum MIL-PRF-680 81349 Cleaning Compound, Solvent MIL-PRF-680 81349 Cleaning Compound, Solvent MIL-PRF-680 81349 Cloth, Cleaning, Low-lint; Type 1 10-pound box 12 X 16 A-A-59323 58536 Cloth, Cleaning, Low-lint; Type 1 10-pound box 15 X 15 E00 05 03 01 AP 03 U4756 Detergent, General Purpose Liquid 1-gallon can 7930-00-282-9699 83421 Gloves, Chemical Oil Protective MIL-DTL-32066 91349 Goggles, Industrial 13 C 4240-00-052-3776 Goggles, Industrial ANSI Z87.1 80204 GL CO DR GL BX EA CN BT (5) U/I

Cloth, Cleaning, Low-Lint; Type 1 9 10 C C 7920-00-044-9281 7920-00-165-7195 BX BX

Detergent, General Purpose Liquid 11 C 7930-00-282-9699 GL

Gloves, Chemical Oil Protective 12 C 8415-00-266-8675

0088-2

TM 5-3825-270-10

0088

Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List (Continued) (1) ITEM NO. 14 (2) LEVEL C (3) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) 9150-01-197-7688 (4) ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/ (CAGEC) Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) (MIL-PRF-10924) 2 1/4-ounce tube M-10924-A 81349 Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) (MIL-PRF-10924) 14-ounce cartridge M-10924-B 81349 Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) (MIL-PRF-10924) 6 1/2-pound can M-10924-D 81349 Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) (MIL-PRF-10924) 35-pound can M-10924-E 81349 Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) (MIL-PRF-10924) 120-pound drum M-10924-F 81349 Oil, Lubricating, Internal Combustion Engine, Tactical Service OE/HDO 15W40 (MIL-PRF-2104) 1-quart can M2104-1-15W40 81349 Oil, Lubricating, Internal Combustion Engine, Tactical Service OE/HDO 15W40 (MIL-PRF-2104) 24-quart box MIL-PRF-2104 81349 Oil, Lubricating, Internal Combustion Engine, Tactical Service OE/HDO 15W40 (MIL-PRF-2104) 5-gallon can MIL-PRF-2104 81349 Oil, Lubricating, Internal Combustion Engine, Tactical Service OE/HDO 15W40 (MIL-PRF-2104) 55-gallon drum MIL-PRF-2104 81349 Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO-30 (MIL-PRF-2104) 5-gallon can MIL-PRF-2104 81349 Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO-30 (MIL-PRF-2104) 55-gallon drum MIL-PRF-2104 81349 (5) U/I TU

Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) (MIL-PRF-10924)

15

9150-01-197-7693

CA

16

9150-01-197-7689

CN

17

9150-01-197-7692

CN

18

9150-01-197-7691

DR

Oil, Lubricating, Internal Combustion Engine, Tactical Service OE/HDO 15W40 (MIL-PRF-2104) 19 C 9150-01-152-4117 QT

20

9150-01-421-1427

QT

21

9150-01-421-1424

CN

22

9150-01-421-1432

DR

Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO-30 (MIL-PRF-2104) 23 C 9150-00-188-9858 CN

24

9150-00-189-6729

DR

0088-3

TM 5-3825-270-10 Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List (Continued) (1) ITEM NO. 25 26 27 (2) LEVEL C C C (3) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) 9150-00-189-6727 9150-00-186-6668 9150-00-191-2772 (4) ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/ (CAGEC) Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO 10 1-quart can MIL-PRF-2104 81349 Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO 10 5-gallon can MIL-PRF-2104 81349 Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO 10 55-gallon drum MIL-PRF-2104 81349 Plug, Ear 28 C 6515-00-137-6345 Plug, Ear 4-375 89875 Rag, Wiping 29 C 7920-00-205-1711 Rag, Wiping 50 pound bale 7920-00-205-1711 80244 Soil Stabilization Additive (Soiltac) 275 gallon SOILTAC-275-GALLON IBC 3FTH5 Tape, Duct 31 C 5640-01-542-7337 Tape, Duct 76035A73 39428 BE (5) U/I

0088

Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO 10 (MIL-PRF-2104) QT CN DR

Soil Stabilization Additive (Soiltac) 30 C 6850-01-519-4708 DR

RO

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0088-4

TM 5-3825-270-10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE FO1 DATA PLATE

0089

FO1 DATA PLATE The following diagram is the Data Plate for the EMM - WD. Data Plate. (FO-1) END OF WORK PACKAGE

0089-1/2 blank

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

Your mailing address

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS DATE TITLE

TM 5-3825-270-10
ITEM PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH LINE NO.* FIGURE NO. TABLE NO.

30 June 2011

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

0004-1

Wrong POC is listed.

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

S A
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE

Your name
DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

M
Your telephone number Your signature
Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

LE

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER

TM 5-3825-270-10
PAGE NO. COLM NO.

DATE

30 June 2011
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NO. FIGURE NO. ITEM NO.

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED RECOMMENDED ACTION

TITLE

LINE NO.

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

S A

M
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE

Your name
DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

Your telephone number

P
Your signature
Page 2 of 2

LE

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS DATE TITLE

TM 5-3825-270-10
ITEM PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH LINE NO.* FIGURE NO. TABLE NO.

30 June 2011

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER

TM 5-3825-270-10
PAGE NO. COLM NO.

DATE

30 June 2011
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NO. FIGURE NO. ITEM NO.

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED RECOMMENDED ACTION

TITLE

LINE NO.

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

Page 2 of 2

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS DATE TITLE

TM 5-3825-270-10
ITEM PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH LINE NO.* FIGURE NO. TABLE NO.

30 June 2011

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER

TM 5-3825-270-10
PAGE NO. COLM NO.

DATE

30 June 2011
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NO. FIGURE NO. ITEM NO.

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED RECOMMENDED ACTION

TITLE

LINE NO.

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

Page 2 of 2

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS DATE TITLE

TM 5-3825-270-10
ITEM PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH LINE NO.* FIGURE NO. TABLE NO.

30 June 2011

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER

TM 5-3825-270-10
PAGE NO. COLM NO.

DATE

30 June 2011
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NO. FIGURE NO. ITEM NO.

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED RECOMMENDED ACTION

TITLE

LINE NO.

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

Page 2 of 2

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS DATE TITLE

TM 5-3825-270-10
ITEM PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH LINE NO.* FIGURE NO. TABLE NO.

30 June 2011

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER

TM 5-3825-270-10
PAGE NO. COLM NO.

DATE

30 June 2011
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NO. FIGURE NO. ITEM NO.

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED RECOMMENDED ACTION

TITLE

LINE NO.

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

Page 2 of 2

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS DATE TITLE

TM 5-3825-270-10
ITEM PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH LINE NO.* FIGURE NO. TABLE NO.

30 June 2011

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)

U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER

TM 5-3825-270-10
PAGE NO. COLM NO.

DATE

30 June 2011
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NO. FIGURE NO. ITEM NO.

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7, Operator's Manual

TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED RECOMMENDED ACTION

TITLE

LINE NO.

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974

Page 2 of 2

By Order of the Secretary of the Army: MARTIN E. DEMPSEY General, United States Army Chief of Staff Official:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

JOYCE E. MORROW Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 1113102

DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the initial distribution requirements for IDN: 257874, requirements for TM 5-3825-270-10.

FO-1. Data Plate.

FP-1/FP-2 blank

086821-000